Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Bridge Bancorp Inc.

Bridge Bancorp Inc.

bdge · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bdge
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · Bridge Bancorp Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Safe. Solid. Secure.

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.   2008 AnnuAl RepoRt

 
Safe. Solid. Secure. 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (“the Company”), a New York  
corporation (NASDAQ®: BDGE), is a one bank 
holding company engaged in commercial banking 
and financial services through its wholly owned 
subsidiary, The Bridgehampton National Bank 
(“the Bank,” “BNB”). With assets of approximately 
$800 million, the Bank operates in markets 
throughout eastern Long Island. Established  
in 1910 by farmers and merchants, the Bank  
provides a full range of products and services  
to businesses, individuals and municipalities.  
As a true community bank, BNB has a steadfast 
commitment to enhancing the quality of life in 
the markets it serves by supporting programs  
and initiatives that promote local business,  
protect the environment, focus on the arts and 
education, assist with healthcare and social  
services and reach out to youth. 

The Bridgehampton National Bank provides 
deposit and loan products and financial services 
through its full service branch network and  
electronic delivery channels. Title insurance  
services are offered through the Bank’s wholly 
owned subsidiary, Bridge Abstract. The Company’s 
primary market area includes the South and 
North Forks of eastern Long Island, extending 
westward to Riverhead Town. BNB currently 
operates retail branches in Bridgehampton, 
Cutchogue, East Hampton, Greenport, Hampton 
Bays, Mattituck, Montauk, Peconic Landing  
in Greenport, Sag Harbor, Southampton,  
South ampton Village, Southold, Wading River  
and Westhampton Beach. In 2009, the Bank  
plans to open two new branches in Shirley  
and Deer Park, New York.

$800

A nationally chartered 
commercial bank with 
$800 million in assets

14

14 branches servicing  
eastern Long Island

20

One of the top  
20 best-performing banks  
in the U.S.

175

175 talented employees

Financial Highlights
(in thousands, except per share data and financial ratios)

For the year ended December 31,

2008

2007

EARNINGS
Net income

Return on average equity

Return on average assets

BALANCE SHEET
Assets

Deposits

Loans

Stockholders’ equity

PER SHARE DATA
Diluted earnings per share

Cash dividends declared per common share

Book value

$  8,750

$  8,294

16.29%

1.24%

17.47%

1.38%

$ 839,059

$ 659,085

$ 429,683

$  56,139

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.43

0.92

9.08

$ 607,424

$ 508,909

$ 375,236

$  51,109

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.36

0.92

8.36

Total Assets

(at December 31, dollars in millions)

Total Deposits

Total Assets
(at December 31, in millions)

Total Deposits
(at December 31, in millions)

Net Income
(in millions)

Return on 
Average Equity

Return on 
Average Equity

(percentage)

Net Income

(dollars in millions)

$839.1

$659.1

$10.4

$508.9

$504.4

$9.6

$8.8

$8.2

$8.3

$469.3

$468.0

22.82%

20.15%

17.68%

17.47%

16.29%

$607.4

$573.6

$533.4

$547.2

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

25

20

15

10

5

0

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

Total Loans

Total Loans

(at December 31, dollars in millions)

(at December 31, dollars in millions)

Return on 
Average Assets

(percent)

$429.7

1.89%

1.76%

$375.2

$326.0

$296.1

$302.3

1.49%

1.38%

1.24%

Total Deposits

(at December 31, dollars in millions)

Total Deposits

(at December 31, dollars in millions)

800

700

$659.1

Bridge Bancorp, inc.   2008 Annual Report  //  page 1

600

$508.9

$504.4

$469.3

$468.0

500

400

300

200

100

0

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

1000

800

600

400

200

0

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

500

400

300

200

100

0

My Fellow Shareholders,

As I begin my second year at Bridge Bancorp 
I  want  to  share  with  you  our  achievements 
and  the  successes  of  the  past  year.  Our 
Company  surpassed  several  noteworthy 
growth  milestones:  total  assets  of  $800 
million and deposits experiencing another 
double digit percentage increase, and peaking 
early in the fourth quarter, at over $700 mil-
lion.  We  also  committed  to  approximately 
$100  million  in  loans  for  new  and  existing 
customers.These  superior  results  reflect  the 
cumulative  efforts  of  our  dedicated  staff, 
supported by our customers and community, 
many of whom are also our shareholders.

Our  success  was  not  limited  to  financial  measures. 
Our  strong  foundation,  built  over  nearly  100  years,  pro-
vided a solid backdrop for the smooth transition of leader-
ship from my predecessor, Tom Tobin, who has remained 
active as President Emeritus. The organization, in general, 
and I specifically, have benefited from his input and coun-
sel  throughout  the  year.  We  also  realigned  our  organiza-
tion  to  enhance  our  mission  of  providing  a  superior 
customer experience. The Board evolved as well, with the 
strong direction and thoughtful oversight of our new chair-
person, Marcia Hefter.

Our  Company’s  achievements  did  not  go  unnoticed  
by  the  investor  community.  We  were  named  one  of  only  
33  “All  Star”  banks,  out  of  8,000  in  the  United  States,  by 
Sandler  O’Neill  &  Partners,  a  prominent  investment  firm 
specializing in the banking industry. We were also singled 
out  for  a  “Top  Performer”  ranking  as  one  of  the  20  best-
performing  banks  in  the  country  by  Independent  Banker 
Magazine. In June, we were approved and began trading on 
the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  under  our  symbol 
“BDGE.”  Acceptance  of  Bridge  Bancorp  by  NASDAQ  was 
an  important  milestone  in  the  development  and  future 
growth of our Company and we are pleased to have satis-
fied the NASDAQ Global Select Market listing standards.

as a community bank, our focus has always been on the support of 
local  business,  some  of  whom  you  will  see  in  this  report.  We  consider  ourselves  their 
financial partners, offering not simply banking products, but a relationship built on years  
of  trust  and  service.  In  the  current  environment,  maintaining  and  strengthening  these 
relationships  is  more  critical  than  ever.  Our  success  is  tied  to  our  customers,  and  in  an  
economic downturn, the knowledge our lenders have of them, their challenges and their market 
niche is truly powerful.

Kevin M. O’Connor 
President and Chief Executive Officer

page 2

Our  staff  is  proud  to  deliver  these  results  to  our  
customers and shareholders. This, coupled with the rec-
ognition  of  our  achievements,  encourages  our  team  of 
175  very  dedicated  and  enthusiastic  individuals  to  
continue  to  strive  for  success  and  build  on  the  past  
year’s accomplishments.

an UnprecedenTed LandScape

More than in any recent year, our strong performance 
and  future  plans  need  to  be  framed  in  the  context  of  the 
events  which  unfolded  over  2008,  and  the  related  long-
term effects. In addition to the impact of the economy, we 
need  to  consider  world  and  national  events,  the  political 
landscape,  public  perception  and  the  interplay  of  all  
of  these  factors,  as  they  relate  to  our  industry  and  to  
our  Company.  Any  discussion  of  the  events  of  the  past 
twelve  months  has  to  include  many  descriptive  terms, 
beginning with unprecedented, mixing in unbelievable and end-
ing with uncertainty.

We  have  experienced,  and  continue  to  live  through, 
arguably, the most volatile economic cycle since the Great 
Depression. Wall to wall media coverage on television and 
radio,  in  print  and  online  has  heightened  our  awareness. 
Headlines asking, “Is your money safe?” or “Is this the next 

Great Depression?” have most Americans living in fear and 
contemplating the very real impact on their lives, finances 
and future.

There  were  no  prognosticators  who  predicted  the 
extent  of  the  financial  tsunami  which  unfolded  over  the 
past 18 months. No one expected the fall of so many titans 
including:  Bear  Stearns,  Lehman  Brothers,  AIG,  Merrill 
Lynch,  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac  and  effectively  the 
U.S. auto industry. This partial list is long and continues to 
grow. Not only have household financial service firms been 
lost, there is an argument that the financial services indus-
try, as it has operated in the past, is gone forever.

The  fall  of  these  financial  intermediaries  also  coin-
cided  with  the  elimination  of  many  of  the  capital  market 
structures,  which  financed  programs  supporting  much  
of  the  past  decade’s  economic  success.  These  were  
the  businesses  that  offered  various  forms  of  mortgages,  
created to provide the illusion of affordable home owner-
ship.  They  also  offered  the  easy  credit  used  by  many  
consumers  and  businesses  to  fuel  ill-fated  consumption, 
acquisition and expansion. These structures used princi-
pally  non-bank  borrowings  to  fund  asset  originations  for 
sale  to  the  investing  public.  Financing  products,  assisted 
by  rating  agencies,  gave  rise  to  the  alphabet  soup  of  

Total Loans by Type 
(at December 31, 2008)

Average Yield of 7.05%

15%
Equity Loans

2%
Consumer Loans

15%
Commercial Loans

3%
Land Loans

4%
Construction Loans

15%
Residential Mortgages

Total Deposits by Type
(at December 31, 2008)

Average Cost of Interest Bearing Deposits of 2.13%

15%
Savings & NOW 

37%
Money Markets 

46%
Commercial Mortgages

20%
Certificates of Deposit

28%
Demand Deposits 

Bridge Bancorp, inc.   2008 Annual Report  //  page 3

mortgage-backed  securities  and  other  assorted  vehicles 
that represent the toxic assets held by many of our nation’s 
financial institutions, pension plans and insurance com-
panies.  A  common  characteristic  of  this  structure  was,  
in many cases, a separation of the originator, (loan brokers, 
mortgage  bankers,  etc.)  from  the  entity  that  ultimately 
held the risk of the loan being repaid. In short, it created a 
circumstance  where  a  borrower’s  ability  to  repay  a  loan 
was not effectively considered before the loan was made. 
Community  banks  defied  these  practices  with  a  model 
that was based on knowing their customers and expecting 
them to pay back their loans.

Unfortunately,  we’ve  also  witnessed  history  making 
examples of individuals who betrayed public and personal 
trust,  including  politicians  shamed  out  of  office  by  poor 
personal choices, others who attempted to sell their offices 
and finally multiple examples of fraud and Ponzi schemes. 
These actions were part of the fabric of 2008, contributing 
to the negative consciousness of the American public. It 
is  no  surprise,  then,  that  consumer  and  business  confi-
dence are both at all time lows and the future outlook is  
certainly guarded.

As  a  community  bank,  our  focus  has  always  been 
on the support of local business, some of whom you will 

see  in  this  report.  We  consider  ourselves  their  financial 
partners,  offering  not  simply  banking  products,  but  a 
relationship  built  on  years  of  trust  and  service.  In  the  
current environment, maintaining and strengthening these 
relationships  is  more  critical  than  ever.  Our  success  is 
tied to our customers, and in an economic downturn, the 
knowledge our lenders have of them, their challenges and 
their market niche is truly powerful. Not only does it allow 
our  assistance  to  be  preemptive,  but  it  may  also  help 
shield us from economic surprises. As an institution, while 
we continue to stay focused on our underwriting standards 
and  policies,  we  continually  let  our  customers  know  that 
we stand with them.

coMMUniTY BanKing, a SUcceSSFUL ModeL

During  2008,  our  Company,  despite  operating  in  this 
tumultuous  economic  environment,  achieved  the  afore-
mentioned  milestones  in  deposit  and  loan  growth.  We 
also  expanded  market  share,  raised  our  visibility  within 
the community and most importantly, delivered solid finan-
cial results. Our net income of $8.8 million was 6% higher 
than in 2007. We earned $1.43 per share, and paid out 65%, 
or  $.92  per  share  in  dividends.  Our  returns  on  average 
assets and equity of 1.24% and 16.29% reflected the success 

At BNB there is no place for the 
cookie cutter approach to banking. 
From the insurance agent serving 
hundreds of small businesses to  
the local French bistro, the coffee 
company roasting fresh beans to 
the beauty salon staying current, 
the law firm at a closing or the 
ferry shuttling people home, BNB 
sees each and every one as an 
individual.

Pierre’s Restaurant

Saying you deliver great customer service is easy, but it’s the actions that  
count. From our front line staff in the branches, to a dedicated lending  
team, BNB customers receive gold level service every day.

page 4

of our strategies and once again placed us near the top of 
our  industry  for  performance.  In  fact,  during  2008,  only  4 
in  10  banks  were  able  to  report  earnings  growth.  We  are 
proud of our achievement, but this statistic exemplifies the 
difficulties experienced by the banking industry in general.
Our  loan  portfolio  remains  strong,  despite  the  
economic  realities,  and  our  asset  quality  reflects  the  
performance  of  conservative  underwriting  and  prudent 
application  of  the  basic  tenets  of  lending,  including 
assessing a borrower’s character, their repayment ability 
and,  if  applicable,  collateral  value.  These  fundamentals 
are  critical  to  our  Company,  because  unlike  many  other 
financial intermediaries, we own and hold on our balance 
sheet  all  loans  we  originate,  retaining  repayment  and 
credit risk. As a portfolio lender, we did not engage in the 
speculative  lending  practices  in  vogue  over  the  past  sev-
eral  years,  avoiding  the  various  forms  of  sub-prime  and 
no-doc  loans  responsible  for  many  industry  failures.  The 
strict  adherence  to  these  principles  and  rigorous  evalua-
tion of risk has been a hallmark of this organization. Our 
Board, charged with monitoring the loan approval process, 
relies  on  an  experienced  lending  team,  headed  by  our 
longtime  Chief  Lending  Officer,  Kevin  Santacroce.  Kevin 
works with seasoned lending professionals, with extensive 

loan experience and an average of 20 years in our markets. 
They bring a wealth of local knowledge and market savvy 
and work with our branch staff to deliver the high level of  
personal service our customers have come to expect and 
appreciate.

In  2009,  we  will  continue  to  rely  on  the  expertise  of 
our  lenders  as  we  monitor  the  impact  of  the  larger  econ-
omy  on  our  local  marketplace  and  customers.  It  appears 
that few people or businesses will escape the fallout, and 
it is our responsibility to work closely with our customers 
to  protect  and  preserve  the  value  of  our  assets  and  rela-
tionships.  With  careful  consideration  of  all  of  these  fac-
tors,  we  have  increased  our  reserves  heading  into  2009, 
preparing  for  the  possibility  of  an  even  more  challenging 
business climate ahead.

During 2008, James Manseau joined our organization 
as  head  of  retail  banking.  He  brings  over  twenty  years  of 
branch  banking  and  related  experience.  Our  measured 
branch  expansion  strategy  continued  with  the  identifica-
tion of two new markets, Shirley and Deer Park, locations 
that  are  a  good  fit  for  our  brand  of  community  banking. 
Experienced  professionals,  well-known  in  these  markets, 
have  already  joined  our  team,  developing  business  and 
Company awareness. These early efforts should facilitate a 

$800

A nationally chartered commercial 
bank with $800 million in assets

20

One of the top 20 best-performing 
banks in the U.S.

The strength of our customer relationships has fueled our success  
and stability. Customers know that talking directly to top decision 
makers is not special treatment, it is the norm. Our lenders live and 
work in the markets they serve. They understand the challenges their 
customers face and create financing programs that fit each profile.

Hampton Coffee Company

Bridge Bancorp, inc.   2008 Annual Report  //  page 5

successful entry into these communities. Our new branches 
are expected to open in the first half of 2009. We recognize 
that  an  ongoing  investment  in  our  branch  network  is  
critical.  Branches  are  the  focal  point  in  developing  and 
expanding  full  service  banking  relationships,  providing 
opportunities  to  add  community  based  loans  funded  by 
our traditional low cost deposits.

The  success  of  our  lending  and  retail  teams  is  sup-
ported by the expertise of our administrative and technology 
staff. This group, partnering with the customer relationship 
team,  works  tirelessly  providing  products  and  services  
to meet the growing and technologically challenging needs 
of  our  expanding  customer  base.  Last  year’s  successful 
rollout  of  “Remote  Deposit  Capture”  was  followed  by 
enhancements to business banking offerings and a sophis-
ticated  “Lockbox”  or  payment  processing  product.  We 
worked closely with existing customers to develop, enhance 
and  test  the  application.  Successful  implementation  was 
possible with the support and trust of new customers who 
were willing to give their local bank an opportunity.

These  partnerships  within  our  Company  and  more 
importantly,  between  Bridgehampton  National  Bank  and 
its  customers  are  the  cornerstone  of  our  successful 
community banking model. We continue, as we have done 
historically,  to  actively  engage  with  our  communities, 

enriching  our  relationships  through  support  of  human 
services,  educational,  environmental  and  local  arts  orga-
nizations. Working hand in hand, with those who strive to 
improve  the  quality  of  life  in  the  communities  we  serve,  
is  part  of  our  core  values.  Our  involvement  and  ongoing 
participation with these organizations becomes even more 
important  as  the  wave  of  economic  trouble  begins  to 
directly impact our area.

Despite the turbulence of the past year, our Company 
has  remained  nimble,  identifying  opportunities  and  
situations  to  grow  our  business  and  adding  experienced 
and  productive  professionals.  We  have  also  recognized 
and  learned  from  the  failure  of  some  of  our  less  focused 
competitors.  As  a  community  bank,  we  must  always  be 
willing to explore and develop opportunities to grow, with 
the goal of expanding our deposit and lending franchise.

In 2008, we held a special meeting of shareholders to 
authorize  preferred  shares  to  facilitate  a  potential  invest-
ment  by  the  U.S.  Treasury  under  the  Capital  Purchase 
Program (CPP). This was part of an overall process to pro-
vide  us  with  the  option  to  access  approximately  $15  mil-
lion  in  relatively  inexpensive  capital.  Concurrent  with  the 
shareholder  meeting,  we  applied  and  were  ultimately 
approved  by  the  U.S.  Treasury  to  receive  these  funds. 
Management and the Board, after careful deliberation and 

Durable, long term customer 
relationships are cemented 
by a full menu of banking 
products and services that 
facilitate efficiency. From 
commercial and residential 
lending to electronic banking 
products like Bridge Merchant 
Services, Bridge Business 
Connect, Bridge e-Pay and 
Remote Deposit Capture, 
BNB customers are ahead  
of the curve. 

The power of community banking comes from blending support for local business with compassion 
and commitment to the quality of life in each market. BNB provides financial contributions, often 
along with a commitment of time and energy to help organizations and events succeed.

page 6

thoughtful review of the relevant issues, determined it was 
not  in  our  shareholder’s  best  interest  to  participate,  and 
we declined the U.S. Treasury investment. In assessing the 
option, we considered, among many factors, the potential 
impact  on  shareholder  dividends  and  government  man-
dated  lending  requirements.  This  decision  will  ultimately 
be  judged  with  the  benefit  of  hindsight.  Our  process 
ensured shareholders their options were protected, and an 
important  capital  raising  opportunity  was  very  carefully 
considered and evaluated.

THe Year aHead

The full story of the current economic crisis has yet to 
be written. The initial enthusiasm following the change in 
power in Washington has been followed by signs of continu-
ing weakness. There have been further declines in economic 
activity,  employment  and  most  importantly  confidence. 
This  will  not  make  the  year  ahead  any  easier,  and  it  will 
remain  challenging  and  difficult.  Financial  Service  firms 
have lost the confidence of the American public and must 
work hard rebuilding integrity and regaining their respect. 
We  will  be  subjected  to  additional  regulation  and  bear  a 
burden of substantially higher FDIC insurance costs.

Despite the economic storm that still rages, we believe 
in the strength of our Company, the energy of our people 

and  the  vibrancy  of  our  communities.  This  institution’s 
foundation  is  cemented  by  strong  relationships  in  every 
segment  of  its  business  model.  We  remain  close  to  our 
customers  and  to  community  leaders  and  decision  mak-
ers. We have the products, services and technology. Our 
management  team  is  aware  of  these  challenges  and  is 
focused and poised to lead this organization through these 
unprecedented times.

Along with our entire staff, I remain dedicated to this 
great  Company  and  look  forward  to  working  with  this 
Board and our customers to build on its achievements. We 
thank  you  for  your  support  as  shareholders  and  for  the 
opportunity  to  lead  this  organization  into  its  100th  year 
and beyond.

Please review the Form 10-K to learn more about the 

Company and the results of operations for 2008.

Sincerely,

Kevin M. o’connor 
President and Chief Executive Officer

175 talented employees
14  branches serving eastern Long Island

The Bank’s strategic focus of careful and conservative growth 
based on the foundation of strong customer relationships  
has not changed. It has fueled organic growth resulting in  
14 branches with 2 new locations scheduled to open in 2009. 
With 175 dedicated employees and a clear vision, the Bank is 
poised to take on the challenges of the future.

Bridge Bancorp, inc.   2008 Annual Report  //  page 7

BANKINg OFFICeS
Headquarters
631.537.1000
BridgeHampton
631.537.8834
CutCHogue
631.734.5002
east Hampton
631.324.8480
greenport
631.477.0220
Hampton Bays
631.728.9041
mattituCk
631.298.0190
montauk
631.668.6400
peConiC Landing 
(greenport)
631.477.8150
sag HarBor
631.725.6622

soutHampton,  
County road 39
631.283.1286
soutHampton ViLLage
631.287.6504
soutHoLd
631.765.1500
Wading riVer
631.929.4250
WestHampton BeaCH
631.288.7756

www.bridgenb.com 

Bridge aBstraCt LLC
2200 Montauk Highway
P.O. Box 3031
Bridgehampton, NY 11932
631.537.5750
www.bridgeabstractllc.com

INVeSTOR ReLATIONS
Exchange: NASDAQ®
Symbol: BDGE

Howard H. nolan, cpa
Senior Executive Vice President and
Corporate Secretary
2200 Montauk Highway, P.O. Box 3005
Bridgehampton, NY 11932
631.537.1000
hnolan@bridgenb.com

Shareholders seeking information about the Company may access presen-
tations, press releases and government filings through the Bank’s web 
site: www.bridgenb.com.

STOCK TRANSFeR AgeNT AND RegISTRAR
Registrar and Transfer Co.
10 Commerce Drive
Cranford, NJ 07016
800.368.5948
www.rtco.com

Shareholders that would like to make changes to the name, address or 
ownership of their stock, consolidate accounts, eliminate duplicate mail-
ings, or replace lost certificates or dividend checks, should contact 
Registrar and Transfer Co.

SeCURITIeS COUNSeL
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 400
Washington, DC 20015-2035

NOTICe OF ANNUAL MeeTINg
The Annual Meeting of Shareholders  
is scheduled for 11:00 a.m. on Friday,  
April 24, 2009 in the Community Room,
Bridgehampton National Bank,
2200 Montauk Highway,
Bridgehampton, NY 11932.

Management Team

PICTUReD FROM LeFT TO RIghT

James J. Manseau 
Senior Vice President, Chief Retail Banking Officer

deborah Mcgrory 
Senior Vice President, Director of Human Resources 

Kevin M. o’connor 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Kevin L. Santacroce 
Senior Vice President, Chief Lending Officer 

Howard H. nolan 
Senior Executive Vice President,  
Chief Administrative and Financial Officer

Thomas H. Simson 
Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer 

page 8

 
United States 
Securities and Exchange Commission
Form 10-K

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Annual Report

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(cid:95)(cid:95)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)

(cid:3)(cid:3)ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 

               SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 

Commission File No. 000-18546 

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

NEW YORK 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

11-2934195 
(IRS Employer Identification Number) 

2200 MONTAUK HIGHWAY, BRIDGEHAMPTON, NEW YORK  
(Address of principal executive offices) 

11932 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (631) 537-1000 

Securities registered under Section 12 (b) of the Exchange Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, Par Value of $0.01 Per Share 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC 

Securities registered under Section 12 (g) of the Exchange Act: 

(Title of Class) 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
Yes (cid:134)(cid:3)No (cid:95)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. 
Yes (cid:134)(cid:3)No (cid:95)(cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:95)(cid:3)No (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) of this chapter is not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:95)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or non-accelerated filer. See definition of 
“accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  
Large accelerated filer (cid:134)(cid:3)Accelerated filer (cid:95)(cid:3)Non-accelerated filer (cid:134)(cid:3)Smaller reporting company (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:134)(cid:3)No (cid:95)

The approximate aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing price of 
the Common Stock on June 30, 2008, was $121,703,223.  

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding on March 6, 2009 was 6,213,161.  

Portions of the following documents are incorporated into the Parts of this Report on Form 10-K indicated below:  

The Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April
30, 2009 (Part III).  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I 

Item 1 

  Business 

Item 1A 

  Risk Factors 

Item 1B 

  Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2 

Item 3 

Item 4 

PART II 

Item 5 

Item 6 

Item 7 

Item 7A 

Item 8 

Item 9 

  Properties 

  Legal Proceedings 

  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities

  Selected Financial Data 

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A 

  Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B 

  Other Information 

PART III 

Item 10 

Item 11 

Item 12 

Item 13 

Item 14 

PART IV 

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

  Executive Compensation 

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Item 15 

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

SIGNATURES 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

2

7

8

8

9

9

9

11

12

28

30

56

56

56

56

56

57

57

57

57

58

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I

Item 1. Business

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Registrant” or “Company”) is a registered bank holding company for The Bridgehampton National Bank 
(the “Bank”). The Bank was established in 1910 as a national banking association and is headquartered in Bridgehampton, New York. 
The Registrant was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York in 1988, at the direction of the Board of Directors of the
Bank for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company pursuant to a plan of reorganization; under which the former shareholders 
of  the  Bank  became  the  shareholders  of  the  Company.  Since  commencing  business  in  March  1989,  after  the  reorganization,  the 
Registrant has functioned primarily as the holder of all of the Bank’s common stock. In May 1999, the Bank established a real estate 
investment  trust  subsidiary, Bridgehampton Community,  Inc. (“BCI”) as  an  operating  subsidiary. The  assets  transferred  to  BCI  are
viewed by the bank regulators as part of the Bank’s assets in consolidation. The operations of the Bank also include Bridge Abstract 
LLC (“Bridge Abstract”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank which is a broker of title insurance services.  

The Bank operates fourteen branches on eastern Long Island. Federally chartered in 1910, the Bank was founded by local farmers and 
merchants. For nearly a century, the Bank has maintained its focus on building customer relationships in this market area. The mission 
of  the  Company  is  to  grow  through  the  provision  of  exceptional  service  to  its  customers,  its  employees,  and  the  community.  The 
Company  strives  to  achieve  excellence  in  financial  performance  and  build  long  term  shareholder  value.  The  Bank  engages  in  full 
service  commercial  and  consumer  banking  business,  including  accepting  time,  savings  and  demand  deposits  from  the  consumers, 
businesses and local municipalities surrounding its branch offices. These deposits, together with funds generated from operations and 
borrowings, are invested primarily in: (1) commercial real estate loans; (2) home equity loans; (3) construction loans; (4) residential 
mortgage  loans;  (5)  secured  and  unsecured  commercial  and  consumer  loans;  (6)  FHLB,  FNMA,  GNMA  and  FHLMC  mortgage-
backed  securities  and  collateralized  mortgage  obligations;  (7)  New  York  State  and  local  municipal  obligations;  and  (8)  U.S 
government  sponsored  entity  (“U.S.  GSE”)  securities.  The  Bank  also  offers  the  CDARS  program,  providing  up  to  $50,000,000  of 
FDIC insurance to its customers. In addition, the Bank offers merchant credit and debit card processing, automated teller machines, 
cash  management  services,  lockbox  processing,  online  banking  services,  safe  deposit  boxes  and  individual  retirement  accounts. 
Through  its  title  insurance  abstract  subsidiary,  the  Bank  acts  as  a  broker  for  title  insurance  services.  The  Bank’s  customer  base  is 
comprised principally of small businesses, municipal relationships and consumer relationships.  

The Bank employs 175 people on a full-time and part-time basis. The Bank provides a variety of employment benefits and considers
its  relationship  with  its  employees  to  be  positive.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  an  equity  incentive  plan  under  which  it  may  issue
shares of the common stock of the Company.  

All phases of the Bank’s business are highly competitive. The Bank faces direct competition from a significant number of financial 
institutions operating in its market area, many with a statewide or regional presence, and in some cases, a national presence. There is 
also competition for banking business from competitors outside of its market areas. Most of these competitors are significantly larger 
than the Bank, and therefore have greater financial and marketing resources and lending limits than those of the Bank. The fixed cost 
of  regulatory  compliance  remains  high  for  community  banks  as  compared  to  their  larger  competitors  that  are  able  to  achieve 
economies of scale. The Bank considers its major competition to be local commercial banks as well as other commercial banks with
branches  in  the  Bank’s  market  area.  Other  competitors  include  mortgage  brokers  and  financial  services  firms  other  than  financial
institutions such as investment and insurance companies. Increased competition within the Bank’s market areas may limit growth and
profitability. Additionally, as the Bank’s market area expands westward, competitive pressure in new markets is expected to be strong. 
The title insurance abstract subsidiary also faces competition from other title insurance brokers as well as directly from the companies 
that  underwrite  title  insurance.  In  New  York  State,  title  insurance  is  obtained  on  most  transfers  of  real  estate  and  mortgage 
transactions.  

The Bank’s principal market area is located on eastern Long Island. During 2007, the Bank opened three new branches. In January
2007, the Bank opened a state-of-the-art branch facility in the Village of Southampton; in February 2007, the Bank opened a new full-
service  branch  facility  in  Cutchogue;  and  in  September  2007,  the  Bank  opened  its  first  full-service  branch  facility  in  the  Town  of 
Riverhead, located in Wading River. The opening of the branch facility in Westhampton Beach in December 2005, and the branch in
Wading  River in  September 2007,  move  the  Bank geographically  westward  and  demonstrate  the  Bank’s  commitment  to  traditional 
growth through branch expansion.  

In April 2008, the Bank received approval from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and expects that the opening
of the new full service branch facility in the Village of East Hampton will be a fourth quarter 2009 event. In addition, in October 2008, 
the  Bank received  approval from  the  OCC to  open  a  new  branch  in  Shirley,  New York  and  in  November  2008,  the  Bank received 
OCC approval to open a branch in Deer Park, New York. The Bank anticipates opening these two locations during the first half of
2009.  

The Bank routinely adds to its menu of products and services, continually meeting the needs of consumers and businesses. We believe 
positive  outcomes  in  the  future  will  result  from  the  expansion  of  our  geographic  footprint,  investments  in  infrastructure  and 

Page -2-

technology, such as BridgeNEXUS, our remote deposit capture product as well as the introduction of lockbox processing in the fourth 
quarter of 2008, and continued focus on placing our customers first. In January 2009, the Bank launched Bridge Investment Services,
offering a full range of investment products and services through a third party broker dealer. 

Eastern  Long  Island  is  semi-rural.  Surrounded  by  water  and  including  the  Hamptons  and  North  Fork,  the  region  is  a  recreational 
destination for the New York metropolitan area, and a highly regarded resort locale world-wide. While the local economy flourishes in 
the summer months as a result of the influx of tourists and second homeowners, the year-round population has grown considerably in 
recent years, resulting in a reduction of the seasonal fluctuations in the economy. Industries represented in the marketplace include 
retail  establishments;  construction  and  trades;  restaurants  and  bars;  lodging  and  recreation;  professional  entities;  real  estate;  health 
services; passenger transportation and agricultural and related businesses. During the last decade, the Long Island wine industry has 
grown with an increasing number of new wineries and vineyards locating in the region each year. The vast majority of businesses are 
considered small businesses employing fewer than ten full-time employees. In recent years, more national chains have opened retail
stores within the villages on the north and south forks of the island. Major employers in the region include the municipalities, school 
districts, hospitals, and financial institutions.  

The Company, the Bank and its subsidiaries with the exception of the real estate investment trust, which files its own federal and state 
tax  return,  report  their  income  on  a  consolidated  basis  using  the  accrual  method  of  accounting  and  are  subject  to  federal  and  state 
income taxation. In general, banks are subject to federal income tax in the same manner as other corporations. However, gains and 
losses realized by banks from the sale of available for sale securities are generally treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gains 
or losses. The Bank is subject to the New York State Franchise Tax on Banking Corporations based on certain criteria. The taxation of 
net income is similar to federal taxable income subject to certain modifications.  

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

The Bridgehampton National Bank
The Bank is a national bank organized under the laws of the United States of America. The lending, investment, and other business
operations of the Bank are governed by federal law and regulations and the Bank is prohibited from engaging in any operations not 
specifically authorized by such laws and regulations. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of 
the Currency (“OCC”) and to a lesser extent by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as its deposit insurer as well as 
by  the  Board  of  Governors of  the  Federal Reserve  System.  The  Bank’s  deposit  accounts  are  insured  up  to  applicable  limits  by  the
FDIC under its Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). A summary of the primary laws and regulations that govern the operations of the 
Bank are set forth below.  

Loans and Investments
There are no restrictions on the type of loans a national bank can originate and/or purchase. However, OCC regulations govern the
Bank’s investment authority. Generally, a national bank is prohibited from investing in corporate equity securities for its own account. 
Under OCC regulations, a national bank may invest in investment securities, which is generally defined as securities in the form of a 
note, bond or debenture. The OCC classifies investment securities into five different types and, depending on its type a national bank 
may  have  the  authority  to  deal  in  and  underwrite  the  security.  The  OCC  has  also  permitted  national  banks  to  purchase  certain 
noninvestment grade securities that can be reclassified and underwritten as loans.  

Lending Standards
The federal banking agencies adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens on 
interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing the construction of a building or other improvements to real estate. Under 
these  regulations,  all  insured  depository  institutions,  such  as  the  Bank,  must  adopt  and  maintain  written  policies  that  establish
appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose 
of  financing  permanent  improvements  to  real  estate.  These  policies  must  establish  loan  portfolio  diversification  standards,  prudent 
underwriting  standards  (including  loan-to-value  limits)  that  are  clear  and  measurable,  loan  administration  procedures,  and 
documentation,  approval  and  reporting  requirements.  The  real  estate  lending  policies  must  reflect  consideration  of  the  Interagency 
Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted by the federal bank regulators.  

Federal Deposit Insurance
The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  DIF,  which  is  administered  by  the  FDIC.  Deposit  accounts  at  the  Bank  are  insured  by  the  FDIC, 
generally  up  to  a  maximum  of  $100,000  for  each  separately  insured  depositor  and  up  to  a  maximum  of  $250,000  for  self-directed 
retirement accounts. However, the FDIC increased the deposit insurance available on all deposit accounts to $250,000, effective until 
December 31, 2009. In addition, certain non interest-bearing transaction accounts maintained with financial institutions participating 
in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program are fully insured regardless of the dollar amount until December 31, 2009. The 
Bank has opted to participate in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. See “Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program” 
below.  

The  FDIC  imposes  an  assessment  against  all  depository  institutions  for  deposit  insurance.  This  assessment  is  based  on  the  risk 
category of the institution and, prior to 2009, ranged from 5 to 43 basis points of the institution’s deposits. On October 7, 2008, as a 

Page -3-

result of decreases in the reserve ratio of the DIF, the FDIC issued a proposed rule establishing a Restoration Plan for the DIF. The 
rulemaking proposed that, effective January 1, 2009, assessment rates would increase uniformly by 7 basis points for the first quarter 
2009 assessment period. Effective April 1, 2009, the rulemaking proposed to alter the way in which the FDIC’s risk-based assessment 
system differentiates for risk and set new deposit insurance assessment rates. Under the proposed rule, the FDIC would first establish 
an  institution’s  initial  base  assessment  rate.  This  initial  base  assessment  rate  would  range,  depending  on  the  risk  category  of  the 
institution, from 10 to 45 basis points. The FDIC would then adjust the initial base assessment (higher or lower) to obtain the total 
base assessment rate. The adjustment to the initial base assessment rate would be based upon an institution’s levels of unsecured debt, 
secured liabilities, and brokered deposits. The total base assessment rate would range from 8 to 77.5 basis points of the institution’s 
deposits. On December 22, 2008, the FDIC published a final rule raising the current deposit insurance assessment rates uniformly for 
all institutions by 7 basis points (to a range from 12 to 50 basis points) for the first quarter of 2009. However, the FDIC approved an 
extension of the comment period on the parts of the proposed rulemaking that would become effective on April 1, 2009. On February
27, 2009, the FDIC issued a second final rule, to be effective April 1, 2009, to change the way that the FDIC’s assessment system 
differentiates for risk and to set new assessment rates beginning with the second quarter of 2009. At the same time, the FDIC issued an 
interim rule to impose an emergency special assessment of 20 basis points on all banks, payable on September 30, 2009. There is a 30 
day comment period before this interim rule becomes final. The Company anticipates that the emergency special assessment will cost
approximately $1.4 million.  

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is 
in  an  unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or  has  violated  any  applicable  law,  regulation,  rule,  order  or  condition 
imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (FICO) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the 
FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due
to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2008, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 1.10 basis
points for each $100 in domestic deposits maintained at an institution.  

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Programs
On  October  14,  2008,  the  FDIC  announced  a  new  program  –  the  Temporary  Liquidity  Guarantee  Program.  This  program  has  two 
components. One guarantees newly issued senior unsecured debt of the participating organizations, up to certain limits established for 
each institution, issued between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009. The FDIC will pay the unpaid principal and interest on an FDIC-
guaranteed debt instrument upon the uncured failure of the participating entity to make a timely payment of principal or interest in 
accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  instrument.  The  guarantee  will  remain  in  effect  until  June  30,  2012.  In  return  for  the  FDIC’s 
guarantee,  participating  institutions  will  pay  the  FDIC  a  fee  based  on  the  amount  and  maturity  of  the  debt.  The  Bank has  opted to 
participate in this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program however, there is no guaranteed debt issued to date.

The  other  component  of  the  program  provides  full  federal  deposit  insurance  coverage  for  non-interest  bearing  transaction  deposit
accounts, regardless of dollar amount, until December 31, 2009. An annualized 10 basis point assessment on balances in non interest-
bearing  transaction  accounts  that  exceed  the  existing  deposit  insurance  limit  of  $250,000  will  be  assessed  on  a  quarterly  basis  to 
insured depository institutions that have not opted out of this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The Bank
has opted to participate in this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.  

Capitalization
Under OCC regulations, all national banks are required to comply with minimum capital requirements. For an institution determined
by  the  OCC  to  not  be  anticipating  or  experiencing  significant  growth  and  to  be,  in  general,  a  strong  banking  organization,  rated
composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination 
Council,  the  minimum  capital  leverage  requirement  is  a  ratio  of  Tier  I  capital  to  total  assets  of  3%.  For  all  other  institutions,  the 
minimum  leverage  capital  ratio  is  not  less  than  4%.  Tier  I  capital  is  the  sum  of  common  shareholders’  equity,  non-cumulative 
perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except 
for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.  

The  OCC  regulations  require  national  banks  to  maintain  certain  levels  of  regulatory  capital  in  relation  to  regulatory  risk-weighted 
assets. The ratio of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based 
capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items (including recourse obligations, direct credit 
substitutes  and  residual  interests)  to  four  risk-weighted  categories  ranging  from  0%  to  100%,  with  higher  levels  of  capital  being 
required  for  the  categories  perceived  as  representing  greater  risk.  For  example,  under  the  OCC’s  risk-weighting  system,  cash  and
securities backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government are given a 0% risk weight, loans secured by one-to-four family 
residential properties generally have a 50% risk weight, and commercial loans have a risk weighting of 100%.  

National banks, such as the Bank, must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8%, of which at 
least one-half must be Tier I capital. Total capital consists of Tier I capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include 
allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock and certain other capital 

Page -4-

instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the 
amount of the institution’s Tier I capital. Banks that engage in specified levels of trading activities are subject to adjustments in their 
risk based capital calculation to ensure the maintenance of sufficient capital to support market risk. 

The OCC, along with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take into account 
the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. The OCC 
also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon a determination that an institution’s 
capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.  

Safety and Soundness Standards
Each federal banking agency, including the OCC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, 
information  and  internal  audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate  exposure,  asset  growth,  asset  quality,
earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices 
to  identify  and  manage  the  risks  and  exposures  specified  in  the  guidelines.  The  guidelines  prohibit  excessive  compensation  as  an
unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to
the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder.  

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action
Federal  law  requires,  among  other  things,  that  federal  bank  regulatory  authorities  take  “prompt  corrective  action”  with  respect  to 
institutions  that  do  not  meet  minimum  capital  requirements.  For  these  purposes,  the  statute  establishes  five  capital  tiers:  well
capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.  

The  OCC  may  order  national  banks  which  have  insufficient  capital  to  take  corrective  actions.  For  example,  a  bank  which  is 
categorized as “undercapitalized” would be subject to growth limitations and would be required to submit a capital restoration plan, 
and a holding company that controls such a bank would be required to guarantee that the bank complies with the restoration plan. A 
“significantly undercapitalized” bank would be subject to additional restrictions. National banks deemed by the OCC to be “critically
undercapitalized” would be subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.  

Dividends
Under federal law and applicable regulations, a national bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the OCC, in an 
amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend.  

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders
Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act govern transactions between a national bank and its affiliates, which includes the
Company.  The  Federal  Reserve  Board has adopted  Regulation W, which  comprehensively  implements  and  interprets  Sections  23A 
and 23B, in part by codifying prior Federal Reserve Board interpretations under Sections 23A and 23B.  

An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. A subsidiary 
of a bank that is not also a depository institution or a “financial subsidiary” under federal law is not treated as an affiliate of the bank 
for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B; however, the OCC has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of a bank as affiliates on a case-
by-case basis. Sections 23A and 23B limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with 
any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit all such transactions with all affiliates 
to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. The statutory sections also require that all such transactions be on terms 
that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of 
assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Further, most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be 
secured  by  collateral  in  amounts  ranging  from  100  to  130  percent  of  the  loan  amounts.  In  addition,  any  covered  transaction  by  an
association  with  an  affiliate  and  any  purchase  of  assets  or  services  by  an  association  from  an  affiliate  must  be  on  terms  that  are 
substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.  

A  bank’s  loans  to  its  executive  officers,  directors,  any  owner  of  more  than  10%  of  its  stock  (each,  an  insider)  and  any  of  certain 
entities affiliated with any such person (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 
22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation O thereunder. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans 
to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks. All loans 
by a bank to all insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired 
surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain 
loans  secured  by  the  officer’s  residence,  may  not  exceed  the  greater  of  $25,000  or  2.5%  of  the  bank’s  unimpaired  capital  and 
unimpaired surplus, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related
interest of that insider be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested director not 
participating  in  the  voting,  if  such  loan,  when  aggregated  with  any  existing  loans  to  that  insider  and  the  insider’s  related  interests,
would exceed either $500,000 or the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Generally, such loans
must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those that 

Page -5-

are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not present more than a normal risk of collectibility.
An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to 
employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank. 

Examinations and Assessments
The Bank is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the OCC. Federal regulations generally 
require annual on-site examinations for all depository institutions and annual audits by independent public accountants for all insured 
institutions. The Bank is required to pay an annual assessment to the OCC to fund its supervision.  

Community Reinvestment Act
Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and
sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA
does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to 
develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The 
CRA  requires  the  OCC  in  connection  with  its  examination  of  the  Bank,  to  assess  its  record  of  meeting  the  credit  needs  of  its 
community  and  to  take  that  record  into  account  in  its  evaluation  of  certain  applications  by  the  Bank.  For  example,  the  regulations 
specify  that  a  bank’s  CRA  performance  will  be  considered  in  its  expansion  (e.g.,  branching)  proposals  and  may  be  the  basis  for 
approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its most recent regulatory examination, the Bank 
was rated “satisfactory” with respect to its CRA compliance.  

USA PATRIOT Act
The  USA  PATRIOT  Act  of  2001  gave  the  federal  government  new  powers  to  address  terrorist  threats  through  enhanced  domestic 
security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements.
The USA PATRIOT Act also required the federal banking agencies to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to 
combat  money  laundering  activities  in  determining  whether  to  approve  a  merger  or  other  acquisition  application  of  a  member 
institution.  Accordingly,  if  the  Bank  engages  in  a  merger  or  other  acquisition,  our  controls  designed  to  combat  money  laundering
would be considered as part of the application process. The Bank has established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply 
with these regulations.  

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.
The Company, as a bank holding company controlling the Bank, is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended 
(“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA applicable to bank holding companies. The 
Company is required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.  

These  regulatory  authorities  have  extensive  enforcement  authority  over  the  institutions  that  they  regulate  to  prohibit  or  correct
activities  that  violate  law,  regulation  or  a  regulatory  agreement  or  which  are  deemed  to  be  unsafe  or  unsound  banking  practices.
Enforcement  actions  may  include  the  appointment  of  a  conservator  or  receiver,  the  issuance  of  a  cease  and  desist  order,  the 
termination  of  deposit  insurance,  the  imposition  of  civil  money  penalties  on  the  institution,  its  directors,  officers,  employees  and 
institution-affiliated parties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the removal 
of  or  restrictions  on  directors,  officers,  employees  and  institution-affiliated  parties,  and  the  enforcement  of  any  such  mechanisms 
through  restraining  orders or  other  court  actions. Any  change  in  laws  and  regulations, whether by  the  OCC,  the FDIC,  the  Federal
Reserve Board or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on the Bank and the Company and their operations and
stockholders. Additional information on regulatory requirements is set forth in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company had nominal results of operations for 2008, 2007 and 2006 on a parent-only basis. During 2008, the Company received
approval and began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BDGE”. Equity incentive plan grants of stock 
options and stock awards are recorded directly to the holding company. The Company’s sources of funds are dependent on dividends
from  the  Bank,  its  own  earnings,  additional  capital  raised  and  borrowings.  The  information  in  this  report  reflects  principally  the 
financial condition and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on its net interest 
income.  The  Bank  also  generates  non  interest  income,  such  as  fee  income  on  deposit  accounts  and  merchant  credit  and  debit  card 
processing programs, income from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and net gains on sales of securities and loans. The level of its 
non  interest  expenses,  such  as  salaries  and  benefits,  occupancy  and  equipment  costs,  other  general  and  administrative  expenses,
expenses from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and income tax expense, further affects the Bank’s net income.  

The  Company  files  certain  reports  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  under  the  federal  securities  laws.  The 
Company’s  operations  are  also  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  other  federal,  state  and  local  governmental  authorities  and  it  is 
subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of its operations.
Management believes that the Company is in substantial compliance, in all material respects, with applicable federal, state and local 
laws, rules and regulations. Because the Company’s business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to it are 
subject to regular modification and change. There can be no assurance that these proposed laws, rules and regulations, or any other 
laws, rules or regulations, will not be adopted in the future, which could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise 
adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or prospects.  

Page -6-

OTHER INFORMATION

Through  a  link  on  the  Investor  Relations  section  of  the  Bank’s  website  of  www.bridgenb.com,  copies  of  the  Company’s  Annual 
Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or 
furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  for  15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  are  made  available,  free  of  charge,  as  soon  as  reasonably 
practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. Copies of such reports and other information also 
are available at no charge to any person who requests them or at www.sec.gov. Such requests may be directed to Bridge Bancorp, Inc., 
Investor Relations, 2200 Montauk Highway, PO Box 3005, Bridgehampton, NY 11932, (631) 537-1000.  

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Concentration of Loan Portfolio
The  Bank  generally  invests  a  significant  portion  of  its  assets  in  loans  secured  by  commercial  and  residential  real  estate  properties
located  in  eastern  Long  Island.  A  downturn  in  real  estate  values  and  economic  conditions  on  eastern  Long  Island  could  have  a 
significant  impact  on  the  value  of  collateral  securing  the  loans  as  well  as  the  ability  for  the  repayment  of  loans.  See  a  further 
discussion in “Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Financial Condition
– Loans.”  

Changes in Interest Rates Could Affect Profitability
The ability to earn a profit, like most financial institutions, depends on the net interest income, which is the difference between the 
interest income that the Bank earns on its interest-bearing assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest expense which we 
pay  on  our  interest-bearing  liabilities,  such  as  deposits.  The  Bank’s  profitability  depends  on  its  ability  to  manage  its  assets  and 
liabilities during periods of changing market interest rates.  

A sustained decrease in market interest rates could adversely affect the Bank’s earnings. When interest rates decline, borrowers tend to 
refinance  higher-rate,  fixed-rate  loans  at  lower  rates.  Under  those  circumstances,  the  Bank  would  not  be  able  to  reinvest  those
prepayments  in  assets  earning  interest  rates  as  high  as  the  rates  on  those  prepaid  loans  or  in  investment  securities.  In  addition,  the 
majority of the Bank’s loans are at variable interest rates, which would adjust to lower rates.  

In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on the Bank’s assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on 
its liabilities. In an increasing interest rate environment, the Bank’s cost of funds is expected to increase more rapidly than interest 
earned on its loan and investment portfolio as the primary source of funds is deposits with generally shorter maturities than those on 
its loans and investments. This makes the balance sheet more liability sensitive in the short term.  

Geographic Location and Competition
The  Bank’s  market  area  is  located  on  eastern  Long  Island  and  its  customer  base  is  mainly  located  in  the  towns  of  East  Hampton, 
Southampton,  Southold  and  Riverhead.  In  2009,  the  Bank  will  expand  its  market  areas  to  include  branches  in  Shirley,  New  York 
located in the town of Brookhaven and in Deer Park, New York located within the town of Babylon. Competition in the banking and
financial services industry is intense. The profitability of the Bank depends on the continued ability to successfully compete. The Bank 
competes  with  commercial  banks,  savings  banks,  insurance  companies,  and  brokerage  and  investment  banking  firms.  Many  of  our 
competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than the Bank and may offer certain services that the Bank does not 
provide. In addition, competitors recently have been offering deposits at higher rates and loans with lower fixed rates, more attractive
terms and less stringent credit structures than the Bank has been willing to offer. Furthermore, the high cost of living on the twin forks 
of eastern Long Island creates staff recruitment and retention challenges.  

The Company’s Future Depends on Successful Growth of its Subsidiary
The Company’s primary business activity for the foreseeable future will be to act as the holding company of the Bank. Therefore, the 
Company’s future profitability will depend on the success and growth of this subsidiary.  

The Loss of Key Personnel Could Impair our Future Success
Our future success depends in part on the continued service of our executive officers, other key management, as well as our staff, and 
on our ability to continue to attract, motivate, and retain additional highly qualified employees. The loss of services of one or more of 
our  key  personnel  or  our  inability  to  timely  recruit  replacements  for  such  personnel,  or  to  otherwise  attract,  motivate,  or  retain
qualified  personnel  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  operating  results,  and  financial  condition.  In  February  2008,  the 
Company’s  Chief  Retail  Banking  Officer  (“CRBO”)  resigned  and  in  March  2008,  the  Company  hired  James  Manseau  as  the 
Company’s CRBO.  

In addition, Kevin M. O’Connor was appointed to the Board of Directors in October 2007 and became President and Chief Executive
Officer effective January 1, 2008 succeeding Thomas J. Tobin. Mr. Tobin remains a member of the Board of Directors and assumed 
his new role as President Emeritus and Advisor to the Board effective January 1, 2008. 

Page -7-

Highly Regulated Environment
The  Bank  and  Company  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation,  supervision  and  examination  by  the  OCC,  FDIC,  the  Federal  Reserve 
Board and the SEC. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a financial institution and its holding company may 
engage  and  are  intended  primarily  for  the protection  of  the  consumer.  Recently  regulators  have  intensified  their  focus  on  the  USA 
PATRIOT  Act’s  anti-money  laundering  and  Bank  Secrecy  Act  compliance  requirements.  In  order  to  comply  with  regulations, 
guidelines and examination procedures in this area as well as other areas of the Bank, we have been required to adopt new policies and 
procedures and to install new systems. We cannot be certain that the policies, procedures, and systems we have in place are flawless 
and  there  is  no  assurance  that  in  every  instance  we  are  in  full  compliance  with  these  requirements.  Regulatory  authorities  have
extensive  discretion  in  connection  with  their  supervisory  and  enforcement  activities,  including  the  imposition  of  restrictions on  the 
operation  of  an  institution.  Any  change  in  such  regulation  and  oversight,  whether  in  the  form  of  regulatory  policy,  regulations,  or 
legislation, may have a material impact on our operations.  

We May Be Adversely Affected By Current Economic and Market Conditions
The  recent  national  and  global  economic  downturn  has  resulted  in  unprecedented  levels  of  financial  market  volatility  which  may 
depress the market value of financial institutions, limit access to capital or have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or 
results  of  operations  of  banking  companies.  In  the  past  year,  significant  declines  in  the  values  of  mortgage-backed  securities  and
derivative securities by financial institutions, government sponsored entities, and major commercial and investment banks has led to 
decreased confidence in financial markets among borrowers, lenders, and depositors, as well as disruption and extreme volatility in the 
capital and credit markets and the failure of some entities in the financial sector. As a result, many lenders and institutional investors 
have reduced or ceased to provide funding to borrowers. Continued turbulence in the capital and credit markets may adversely affect 
our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us. In addition, 
the possible duration and severity of the adverse economic cycle is unknown and may exacerbate the Company’s exposure to credit
risk.  

Increases to the Allowance for Credit Losses May Cause Our Earnings to Decrease
Our customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral securing the payment of those loans may be 
insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance. Hence, we may experience significant loan losses, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our operating results. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including 
the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. 
In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we rely on loan quality reviews, past loss experience, and an evaluation 
of  economic  conditions,  among  other  factors.  If  our  assumptions  prove  to  be  incorrect,  our  allowance  for  credit  losses  may  not  be 
sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Material additions to the allowance 
would materially decrease our net income.  

Bank regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our provision for credit losses or 
loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities could 
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and/or financial condition.  

Increases in FDIC Insurance Premiums May Cause Our Earnings to Decrease
The  Emergency  Economic  Stabilization  Act  (“EESA”)  temporarily  increased  the  limit  on  FDIC  coverage  to  $250,000  through 
December 31, 2009. In addition, we have enrolled in the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program for non interest bearing transaction 
deposit accounts. This, along with the full utilization or our assessment credit in early 2008 and the increase in FDIC insurance rates, 
will cause the premiums assessed by the FDIC to increase. These actions will significantly increase our non interest expense in 2009 
and in future years as long as the increased premiums are in place.  

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.  

Item 2. Properties 

At present, the Registrant does not own or lease any property. The Registrant uses the Bank’s space and employees without separate 
payment.  Headquarters  are  located  at  2200  Montauk  Highway,  Bridgehampton,  New  York  11932.  The  Bank’s  internet  address  is 
www.bridgenb.com.

All of the Bank’s properties are located in Suffolk County, New York. The Bank’s Main Office in Bridgehampton is owned. The Bank
also owns buildings that house its Montauk Branch located at 1 The Plaza, Montauk; its Southold Branch located at 54790 Main Road,
Southold; its Westhampton Beach Office at 194 Mill Road, Westhampton Beach; and its Southampton Village Branch located at 150 
Hampton Road, Southampton. The Bank currently leases out a portion of the Montauk building and the Westhampton Beach building. 
The  Bank  leases  eight  additional  properties  on  eastern  Long  Island  as  branch  locations  at  32845  Main  Road,  Cutchogue;  26  Park 
Place,  East  Hampton;  218  Front  Street,  Greenport;  48  East  Montauk  Highway,  Hampton  Bays;  Mattituck  Plaza,  Main  Road, 

Page -8-

Mattituck;  2  Bay  Street,  Sag  Harbor;  425  County  Road  39A,  Southampton  and  6324  Route  25A,  Wading  River.  Additionally,  the 
Bank  utilizes  space  for  a  branch  in  the  retirement  community,  Peconic  Landing  at  1500  Brecknock  Road,  Greenport.  In  2003,  the 
Bank purchased property in the Village of East Hampton and construction of a new full service branch on that site is underway. In 
2008, the Bank entered into two lease agreements for branches in Shirley and Deer Park, New York. The Bank has contractual rights
to purchase real estate in the Town of Southold which will also be considered as a site for a future branch facility.  

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The  Registrant  and  its  subsidiary  are  subject  to  certain  pending  and  threatened  legal  actions  that  arise  out  of  the  normal  course  of 
business.  In  the  opinion  of  management  at  the  present  time,  the  resolution  of  any  pending  or  threatened  litigation  will  not  have  a 
material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.  

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

A Special Meeting of Shareholders was held at The Bridgehampton National Bank, 2200 Montauk Highway, Bridgehampton, New 
York 11932 on December 12, 2008.  

The approval of an amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation to authorize 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par
value $0.01 per share was voted upon.  

Approval of an amendment to the Company’s Certificate of 
Incorporation 

Votes For 

Votes Against 

Abstentions 

Non Votes 

3,846,376 

728,999 

45,373 

1,526,124 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION

The Company’s common stock was traded on the NASDAQ® over the counter bulletin board market under the symbol, “BDGE” until 
June 2008 when it began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The following table details the quarterly high and low bid 
prices of the Company’s common stock and the dividends declared for such periods.  

At December 31, 2008 the Company had approximately 596 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities 
holding stock in nominee or the street name through various banks and brokers.  

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION  

By Quarter 2008 
First
Second
Third
Fourth 

By Quarter 2007 
First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

Stock Prices 

High  

Low  

Dividends 
Declared

24.00 
22.75 
22.50 
21.75 

$
$
$
$

20.24 
17.75 
19.00 
17.78 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23

Stock Prices

High  

Low  

Dividends 
Declared

24.75 
24.60 
24.75 
25.05 

$
$
$
$

23.60 
23.80 
23.50 
23.25 

$
$
$
$

0.23 
0.23 
0.23 
0.23 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$
$
$
$

Stockholders received cash dividends totaling $5.6 million in 2008 and in 2007. The ratio of dividends per share to net income per
share was 64.55% in 2008 compared to 67.67% in 2007.  

Page -9-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERFORMANCE GRAPH

Pursuant to the regulations of the SEC, the graph below compares the performance of the Company with that of the total return for the 
NASDAQ® stock market and for certain bank stocks of financial institutions with an asset size $500 million to $1 billion, as reported 
by SNL Financial L.C. from December 31, 2003 through December 31, 2008. The graph assumes the reinvestment of dividends in 
additional shares of the same class of equity securities as those listed below.  

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.  

Total Return Performance

140

130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

SNL Bank $500M-$1B

12/31/03

12/31/04

12/31/05

12/31/06

12/31/07

12/31/08

Index 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc 
NASDAQ Composite 
SNL Bank $500M-$1B 

Period Ending

12/31/03 
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

12/31/04 
134.32 
108.59 
113.32 

12/31/05 
112.11 
110.08 
118.18 

12/31/06 
113.00 
120.56 
134.41 

12/31/07 
118.81 
132.39 
107.71 

12/31/08
94.70
78.72
69.02

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased in
Month
—
—
—

Average 
Price
Paid per
Share
— 
— 
— 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs-2006 (1)
141,959 
141,959 
141,959 

Maximum Number (or
Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs
167,041
167,041
167,041

Period
October 2008 
November 2008 
December 2008 

(1) 

The Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program on March 27, 2006. 

-
-
-

The Board of Directors approved repurchase of shares up to 309,000 shares. 
There is no expiration date for the stock repurchase plan. 
There is no stock repurchase plan that has expired or that has been terminated during the period ended December 
31, 2008. 

Page -10-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Five-Year Summary of Operations 
(In thousands, except per share data and financial ratios)  

Set forth below are selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company. The Company’s business is primarily the business 
of the Bank. This financial data is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements 
of the Company.  

December 31,
Selected Financial Data: 

Securities available for sale 
Securities, restricted 
Securities held to maturity 
Total loans 
Total assets 
Total deposits 
Total stockholders’ equity 

Year Ended December 31, 
Selected Operating Data: 

Total interest income 
Total interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Total non interest income 
Total non interest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 

December 31, 
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data: 

Return on average equity 
Return on average assets 
Average equity to average assets 
Dividend payout ratio 
Diluted earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share 
Cash dividends declared per common share 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004(1)

$ 310,695 
3,800 
43,444 
429,683 
839,059 
659,085 
56,139 

$ 187,384 
2,387 
5,836 
  375,236 
  607,424 
  508,909 
51,109 

$ 202,590 
878 
9,444 
  325,997 
  573,644 
  504,412 
45,539 

$  182,801 
1,377 
10,012 
  302,264 
  533,444 
  468,025 
46,651 

$ 202,042 
1,979 
21,213 
  296,134 
  547,200 
  469,311 
47,213 

$

$

$
$
$

39,620 
9,489 
30,131 
2,000 

28,131 
6,064 
21,157 

13,038 
4,288 
8,750 

$

$

35,864 
10,437 
25,427 
600 

24,827 
5,678 
18,168 

12,337 
4,043 
8,294 

16.29%   
1.24%   
7.62%   
64.55%   
$
1.43 
$
1.44 
$
0.92 

17.47% 
1.38% 
7.91% 
67.67% 
1.36 
1.37 
0.92 

$

$

$
$
$

32,030 
8,337 
23,693 
85 

23,608 
4,413 
16,002 

12,019 
3,851 
8,168 

17.68% 
1.49% 
8.41% 
68.98% 
1.33 
1.33 
0.92 

$  28,713 
4,319 
24,394 
300 

24,094 
5,105 
14,647 

14,552 
4,929 
9,623 

20.15% 
1.76% 
8.71% 
58.88% 
1.53 
1.54 
0.91 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$

$

$
$
$

26,923 
2,351 
24,572 
300 

24,272 
5,440 
13,564 

16,148 
5,771 
10,377 

22.82%
1.89%
8.30%
43.39%
1.64 
1.66 
0.72 

(1) Amounts have been restated for a three-for-two stock split, in the form of a stock dividend, effective July 9, 2004.  

Page -11-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT

This report may contain statements relating to the future results of the Company (including certain projections and business trends) 
that are considered “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “PSLRA”).
Such forward-looking statements, in addition to historical information, which involve risk and uncertainties, are based on the beliefs, 
assumptions and expectations of management of the Company. Words such as “expects,” “believes,” “should,” “plans,” “anticipates,”
“will,”  “potential,”  “could,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “outlook,”  “predict,”  “project,”  “would,”  “estimates,”  “assumes,”  “likely,”  and 
variations  of  such  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  such  forward-looking  statements.  Examples  of  forward-looking 
statements include, but are not limited to, possible or assumed estimates with respect to the financial condition, expected or anticipated 
revenue, and results of operations and business of the Company, including earnings growth; revenue growth in retail banking, lending 
and other areas; origination volume in the Company’s consumer, commercial and other lending businesses; current and future capital
management programs; non-interest income levels, including fees from the abstract subsidiary and banking services as well as product 
sales; tangible capital generation; market share; expense levels; and other business operations and strategies. For this presentation, the 
Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the PSLRA.  

Factors  that  could  cause  future  results  to  vary  from  current  management  expectations  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  changes  in
economic conditions including an economic recession that could affect the value of real estate collateral and the ability for borrowers 
to repay their loans; legislative and regulatory changes, including increases in FDIC insurance rates; monetary and fiscal policies of 
the  federal  government;  changes  in  tax  policies,  rates  and  regulations  of  federal,  state  and  local  tax  authorities;  changes  in interest 
rates; deposit flows; the cost of funds; demand for loan products and other financial services; competition; changes in the quality and 
composition  of  the  Bank’s  loan  and  investment  portfolios;  changes  in  management’s  business  strategies;  changes  in  accounting 
principles, policies or guidelines; changes in real estate values and other factors discussed elsewhere in this report, factors set forth 
under Item 1A., Risk Factors, and in other reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The forward-
looking  statements  are  made  as  of  the  date  of  this  report,  and  the  Company  assumes  no  obligation  to  update  the  forward-looking 
statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements.  

OVERVIEW

Who We Are and How We Generate Income
Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.,  a  New  York  corporation,  is  a  single  bank  holding  company  formed  in  1989.  On  a  parent-only  basis,  the 
Company  has  had  minimal  results  of  operations.  In  the  event  the  Company  subsequently  expands  its  current  operations,  it  will  be
dependent  on  dividends  from  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  The  Bridgehampton  National  Bank  (“the  Bank”),  its  own  earnings, 
additional capital raised, and borrowings as sources of funds. The information in this report reflects principally the financial condition 
and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on its net interest income, which is 
mainly the difference between interest income on loans and investments and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The Bank
also generates non interest income, such as fee income on deposit accounts and merchant credit and debit card processing programs, 
income from its title abstract subsidiary, and net gains on sales of securities and loans. The level of its non interest expenses, such as 
salaries  and  benefits,  occupancy  and  equipment  costs,  other  general  and  administrative  expenses,  expenses  from  its  title  insurance
subsidiary,  and  income  tax  expense,  further  affects  the  Bank’s  net  income.  Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  prior  year
amounts and the related discussion and analysis to conform to the current year presentation.  

Year and Quarterly Highlights

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Returns on average equity and average assets of 16.29% and 1.24% respectively for 2008; 

Net income of $8.8 million or $1.43 per diluted share for 2008 as compared to net income of $8.3 million or $1.36 
per diluted share for 2007;  

Net income of $2.2 million or $0.36 per diluted share for the fourth quarter 2008 as compared with $2.0 million or 
$0.33 per diluted share for the same period one year ago; 

Net interest margin of 4.70% for 2008, and 4.69% for 2007; 

Total assets of $839.1 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of 38.1% over the same date last year; 

Total loans of $429.7 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of 14.5% from December 31, 2007; 

Continued sound credit quality;  

Page -12-

• 

• 

• 

• 

Total investments of $357.9 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of 83.0% over December 31, 2007; 

Total deposits of $659.1 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of $150.2 million or 29.5% over the same date 
last year; 

The Company’s capital levels remain strong with a Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets ratio of 6.9%. The Company is 
positioned  well  for  future  growth.  Stockholders’  equity  totaled  $56.1  million  at  December  31,  2008  as  compared 
$51.1 million at December 31, 2007; 

Declaration of cash dividends totaling $0.92 for 2008.  

New Developments
Effective January 1, 2008, Kevin M. O’Connor succeeded Thomas J. Tobin and became President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. 
Tobin remains a member of the Board of Directors and assumed a new role as President Emeritus and Advisor to the Board effective
January 1, 2008 through March 2, 2010.  

Significant Events
The economic events of the past twelve months have been unprecedented. The failure of several large financial institutions along with 
the conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac driven by the diminution in housing values and sub-prime mortgage lending has
resulted  in  multiple  actions  by  the  United  States  government.  On  October  3,  2008,  the  Congress  passed  the  Emergency  Economic 
Stabilization  Act  of  2008  (“EESA”)  which  provides  up  to  $700  billion  and  grants  new  authorities  to  the  United  States  Treasury 
Department (“Treasury”), the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) for initiatives 
to restore stability and liquidity to U.S. markets. Many European nations have also taken actions to inject liquidity and capital into 
critical financial institutions in order to stabilize world markets.  

On October 14, 2008, the Treasury, FRB and FDIC jointly announced a sweeping plan to invest in banks and thrifts to help restore
confidence in the U.S. banking system. Some of the actions taken by these governmental agencies include: (i) temporarily increasing 
FDIC  insurance  coverage  to  $250,000  from  $100,000  through  December  31,  2009;  (ii)  reducing  the  targeted  federal  funds  rate  to 
1.50%  from  2.00%  and  the  discount  rate  to  1.75%  from  2.25%,  respectively;  (iii)  temporarily  guaranteeing  Money  Market  mutual 
funds (iv) introducing a capital purchase program whereby the Treasury will purchase up to $250 billion in senior preferred shares 
from healthy qualifying financial institutions; and (v) introducing a Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) whereby the
FDIC will guarantee newly issued senior unsecured debt on or before June 30, 2009 and provide unlimited FDIC insurance coverage
for non-interest bearing transaction accounts for thirty days without charge followed by an annualized 10 basis point assessment for 
the insurance coverage above $250,000 on such accounts effective until December 31, 2009. In November 2008, the Bank opted to 
participate in the TLGP. In December 2008, the Federal Reserve reduced the targeted federal fund rate to between 0 and 0.25% from 
1.50% and the discount rate to 0.25% from 1.75%. On February 27, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule, to be effective April 1, 2009, 
to change the way that the FDIC’s assessment system differentiates for risk and to set new assessment rates beginning with the second
quarter of 2009. At the same time, the FDIC issued an interim rule to impose an emergency special assessment of 20 basis points on 
all banks, payable on September 30, 2009. There is a 30 day comment period before this interim rule becomes final. The Company 
anticipates that the emergency special assessment will cost approximately $1.4 million.  

One  of  the  provisions  resulting  from  the  EESA  is  the  Treasury’s  Capital  Purchase  Program  (“CPP”),  which  provides  direct  equity 
investment of perpetual preferred stock by the Treasury in qualified financial institutions. The program is voluntary and requires an 
institution to comply with a number of restrictions and provisions, including limits on executive compensation, stock redemptions and 
declaration  of  dividends.  Applications  were  due  by  November  14,  2008  and  were  subject  to  approval  by  the  Treasury.  The  CPP 
provides for a minimum investment of 1% of Risk-Weighted Assets, with a maximum investment equal to the lesser of 3% of Total 
Risk-Weighted Assets or $25 billion. The perpetual preferred stock investment will have a dividend rate of 5% per year, until the fifth 
anniversary of the Treasury investment, and a dividend of 9%, thereafter. The CPP also requires the Treasury to receive warrants for 
common  stock  equal  to  15%  of  the  capital  invested  by  the  Treasury.  In  November  2008,  the  Company  filed  an  application  to 
participate  in  this  program.  In  order  to  be  eligible  to  participate  in  this  program,  the  Company  also  filed  a  proxy  statement  in
November  2008  requesting  shareholder  approval  to  amend  its  certificate  of  incorporation  and  authorize  the  issuance  of  preferred
stock. On December 12, 2008, the shareholders approved the proposal. The Company’s application to participate in this program was
approved by the Treasury Department on January 7, 2009. On January 27, 2009, management and the Board, after careful deliberation
and thoughtful review of the relevant issues, determined it was not in our shareholders’ best interest to participate, and declined the 
Treasury investment.  

Opportunities and Challenges
The  economic  and  competitive  landscape  has  changed  dramatically  over  the  past  two years.  Recognizing  that our market  areas  are 
generally  affluent,  large  money  center  banks  increasingly  meet  their  funding  needs  by  aggressively  pricing  deposits  in  the  Bank’s
markets. Competition for deposits and loans is intense as various banks in the marketplace, large and small, promise excellent service 
and  often  price  their  products  aggressively.  Deposit  growth  is  essential  to  the  Bank’s  ability  to  increase  earnings;  therefore branch 

Page -13-

expansion and building share in our existing markets remain key strategic goals. Controlling funding costs yet protecting the deposit 
base along with focusing on profitable growth presents a unique set of challenges in this operating environment. 

During the second half of 2007 and continuing throughout 2008, the financial markets experienced significant volatility resulting from 
the continued fallout of sub-prime lending and the global liquidity crises. A multitude of government initiatives along with eight rate 
cuts by the Federal Reserve totaling 500 basis points have been designed to improve liquidity for the distressed financial markets. The 
ultimate objective of these efforts has been to help the beleaguered consumer, and reduce the potential surge of residential mortgage 
loan foreclosures and stabilize the banking system. Despite these actions, many of our competitors, due to liquidity concerns, have not 
yet fully adjusted their deposit pricing. This contrasts with the impact on assets where yields on loans and securities have declined. 
The squeeze between declining asset yields and more slowly declining liability pricing could impact margins.  

Growth  and  service  strategies  have  the  potential  to  offset  the  tighter  net  interest  margin  with  volume  as  the  customer  base  grows
through expanding the Bank’s footprint, while maintaining and developing existing relationships. During 2007, the Bank opened three
new branches. In January 2007, the Bank opened a state-of-the-art branch facility in the Village of Southampton; in February 2007, 
the Bank opened a new full-service branch facility in Cutchogue; and in September 2007, the Bank opened its first full-service branch 
facility in the Town of Riverhead, located in Wading River. The opening of the branch facility in Westhampton Beach in December
2005,  and  the  branch  in  Wading  River  in  September  2007,  move  the  Bank  geographically  westward  and  demonstrate  the  Bank’s 
commitment to traditional growth through branch expansion.  

In April 2008, the Bank received approval from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and expects that the opening
of the new full service branch facility in the Village of East Hampton will be a fourth quarter 2009 event. In addition, in October 2008, 
the  Bank received  approval from  the  OCC to  open  a  new  branch  in  Shirley,  New York  and  in  November  2008,  the  Bank received 
OCC approval to open a branch in Deer Park, New York. The Bank anticipates opening these two locations during the first half of
2009.  

The Bank routinely adds to its menu of products and services, continually meeting the needs of consumers and businesses. We believe 
positive  outcomes  in  the  future  will  result  from  the  expansion  of  our  geographic  footprint,  investments  in  infrastructure  and 
technology, such as BridgeNEXUS, our remote deposit capture product as well as the introduction of lockbox processing in the fourth 
quarter of 2008, and continued focus on placing our customers first. In January 2009, the Bank launched Bridge Investment Services,
offering a full range of investment products and services through a third party broker dealer.  

Corporate objectives for 2009 include: leveraging our expanding branch network to build customer relationships and grow loans and
deposits;  focusing  on  opportunities  and  processes  that  continue  to  enhance  the  customer  experience  at  the  Bank;  improving 
operational  efficiencies  and  prudent  management  of  non-interest  expense;  and  maximizing  non-interest  income  through  Bridge 
Abstract as well as other lines of business. The ability to  attract, retain, train and cultivate employees at all levels of the Company 
remains significant to meeting these objectives. The Company has made great progress toward the achievement of these objectives,
and  avoided  many  of  the  problems  facing  other  financial  institutions  as  a  result  of  maintaining  discipline  in  its  underwriting,
expansion strategies, investing and general business practices. The Company has capitalized on opportunities presented by the market
in 2008 and continues to diligently seek opportunities for growth and to strengthen the franchise. The causes of the current economic 
crisis are many and have occurred over a prolonged period and therefore cannot be expected to be resolved in days, weeks or months. 
The Company recognizes the potential risks of the current economic environment and will monitor the impact of market events as we
consider growth initiatives and evaluate loans and investments.  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Note  1  to  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  contains  a  summary  of  our  significant 
accounting  policies.  Various  elements  of  our  accounting  policies,  by  their  nature,  are  inherently  subject  to  estimation  techniques, 
valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Our policy with respect to the methodologies used to determine the allowance 
for loan losses is our most critical accounting policy. This policy is important to the presentation of our financial condition and results 
of  operations,  and  it  involves  a  higher  degree  of  complexity  and  requires  management  to  make  difficult  and  subjective  judgments,
which  often  require  assumptions  or  estimates  about  highly  uncertain  matters.  The  use  of  different  judgments,  assumptions  and 
estimates could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition.  

The  following  is  a  description  of  our  critical  accounting  policy  and  an  explanation  of  the  methods  and  assumptions  underlying  its 
application.

Page -14-

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Management  considers  the  accounting  policy  on  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  be  the  most  critical  and  requires  complex 
management judgment as discussed below. The judgments made regarding the allowance for loan losses can have a material effect on
the results of operations of the Company.  

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  established  and  maintained  through  a  provision  for  loan  losses  based  on  probable  incurred  losses
inherent  in  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The  allowance  is
comprised  of  both  individual  valuation  allowances  and  loan  pool  valuation  allowances.  If  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  not 
sufficient to cover actual loan losses, the Company’s earnings could decrease.  

The  Bank  monitors  its  entire  loan  portfolio  on  a  regular  basis,  with  consideration  given  to  detailed  analysis  of  classified  loans, 
repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of 
credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including 
the  procedures  for  impairment  testing  under  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standard  (“SFAS”)  No.  114,  “Accounting  by 
Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 5 and 15,” and SFAS No. 118, “Accounting by Creditors 
for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and Disclosures, an Amendment of SFAS No. 114.” Such valuation, which includes a 
review of loans for which full collectibility in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, considers the estimated fair 
value  of  the  underlying  collateral  less  the  costs  to  sell,  if  any,  or  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows,  or  the  loan’s 
observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. Pursuant to our policy, 
loan losses must be charged-off in the period the loans, or portions thereof, are deemed uncollectible. Assumptions and judgments by 
management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectibility of a loan is not reasonably assured. 
These assumptions and judgments also are used to determine the estimates of the fair value of the underlying collateral or the present 
value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market value. Individual valuation allowances could differ materially as a 
result  of  changes  in  these  assumptions  and  judgments.  Individual  loan  analyses  are  periodically  performed  on  specific  loans 
considered impaired. The results of the individual valuation allowances are aggregated and included in the overall allowance for loan 
losses.

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with 
our lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations 
are  broken  down  as  follows:  first,  loans  with  homogenous  characteristics  are  pooled  by  loan  type  and  include  home  equity  loans,
residential mortgages, land loans and consumer loans. Then all remaining loans are segregated into pools based upon the risk rating of 
each  credit.  Key  factors  in  determining  a  credit’s  risk  rating  include  management’s  evaluation  of:  cash  flow,  collateral,  guarantor 
support,  financial  disclosures,  industry  trends  and  strength  of  company  management.  The  determination  of  the  adequacy  of  the 
valuation  allowance  is  a  process  that  takes  into  consideration  a  variety  of  factors.  The  Bank  has  developed  a  range  of  valuation
allowances necessary to adequately provide for probable incurred losses inherent in each pool of loans. We consider our own charge-
off history along with the growth in the portfolio as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and 
procedures  when  determining  the  allowances  for  each  pool.  In  addition,  we  evaluate  and  consider  the  impact  that  economic  and 
market conditions may have on the portfolio as well as known and inherent risks in the portfolio. Finally, we evaluate and consider the 
allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer group and regulatory agency data. These evaluations are inherently subjective 
because, even though they are based on objective data, it is management’s interpretation of that data that determines the amount of the 
appropriate  allowance.  If  the  evaluations  prove  to  be  incorrect,  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  may  not  be  sufficient  to  cover  losses 
inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.  

The  Classification  Committee  is  comprised  of  members  of  both  management  and  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  adequacy  of  the 
allowance is analyzed quarterly, with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the Classification Committee, based on its risk 
assessment of the entire portfolio. Based on the Classification Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance 
levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2008, management believes the allowance for loan losses has been
established at levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the 
allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material
change in the allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review 
the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their
judgments of the information available to them at the time of their examination.  

For additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Page -15-

NET INCOME

Net income for 2008 totaled $8.8 million or $1.43 per diluted share while net income for 2007 totaled $8.3 million or $1.36 per diluted 
share,  as  compared  to  net  income  of  $8.2  million,  or  $1.33  per  diluted  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2006.  Net  income 
increased $456,000 or 5.5% compared to 2007 and net income for 2007 increased $126,000 or 1.5% as compared to 2006. Significant
trends for 2008 include: (i) a $4.7 million or 18.5% increase in net interest income; (ii) a $1.4 million increase in the provision for loan 
losses;  (iii)  a $0.4  million  or  6.8%  increase  in  total  non interest  income;  (iv)  a  $3.0 million  or 16.5%  increase  in  total  non  interest 
expenses and (v) a $245,000 or 6.1% increase in income tax expense.  

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net  interest  income,  the  primary  contributor  to  earnings,  represents  the  difference  between  income  on  interest  earning  assets  and
expenses on interest bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends upon the volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing 
liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them.  

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average consolidated balance sheets and its consolidated 
statements  of  income  for  the  years  indicated  and  reflect  the  average  yield  on  assets  and  average  cost  of  liabilities  for  the  years 
indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, 
for the years shown. Average balances are derived from  daily average balances and include nonaccrual loans. The yields and costs
include fees, which are considered adjustments to yields. Interest on nonaccrual loans has been included only to the extent reflected in 
the consolidated statements of income. For purposes of this table, the average balances for investments in debt and equity securities
exclude unrealized appreciation/depreciation due to the application of SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt 
and Equity Securities.”

Page -16-

Year Ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Interest earning assets: 

Loans, net (including loan 

2008

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Yield/
Cost

Average
Balance 

2007 

Interest

Average
Yield/
Cost

2006 

Interest 

Average
Yield/
Cost

Average
Balance 

fee income) 

$  397,560 

$  28,040 

7.05%   $ 347,029 

$ 26,347 

7.59%    $ 

307,394 

$ 23,345 

7.59%

Mortgage-backed securities   

170,592 

Tax exempt securities (1) 

Taxable securities 

Federal funds sold 

Deposits with banks 

58,065 

27,298 

8,575 

1,235 

8,404 

2,930 

1,081 

183 

5 

Total interest earning assets 

663,325 

40,643 

4.93 

5.05 

3.96 

2.13 

0.40 

6.13 

120,314 

53,599 

28,529 

12,375 

173 

5,764 

2,823 

1,213 

638 

4 

562,019 

  36,789 

4.73 

5.19 

4.19 

5.08 

2.31 

6.52 

112,463 

57,948 

27,165 

10,800 

348 

4,989 

3,060 

1,035 

560 

21 

516,118 

33,010 

4.38 

5.21 

3.76 

5.11 

6.03 

6.37 

Non interest earning assets: 

Cash and due from banks 

Other assets 

Total assets 

15,408 

26,206 

$  704,939 

16,081 

22,242 

  $ 600,342 

14,307 

18,963 

  $ 

549,388 

Interest bearing liabilities: 

Savings, NOW and money 

market deposits 

Certificates of deposit of 
$100,000 or more 

Other time deposits 

Federal funds purchased and 
repurchase agreements 

Federal Home Loan Bank 

term advances 

Total interest bearing liabilities  

448,619 

Non interest bearing liabilities:  

$  315,481 

$ 

5,681 

1.80%   $ 287,450 

$

7,634 

2.66%    $ 

259,747 

$

6,322 

2.43%

66,578 

37,413 

2,125 

1,148 

24,595 

478 

4,552 

57 

9,489 

3.19 

3.07 

1.94 

1.25 

2.12 

35,965 

28,044 

1,452 

1,058 

6,035 

288 

110 

5 

357,604 

  10,437 

4.04 

3.77 

4.71 

4.55 

2.92 

24,293 

25,420 

7,871 

—

888 

723 

404 

—

317,331 

8,337 

3.66 

2.84 

5.06 

—

2.63 

Demand deposits 

Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and 

stockholders’ equity 

Net interest income/interest 

rate spread (2) 

Net interest earning assets/net 

197,179 

5,428 

651,226 

53,713 

191,022 

4,229 

552,855 

47,487 

183,157 

2,699 

503,187 

46,201 

$  704,939 

  $ 600,342 

  $ 

549,388 

31,154 

4.01%    

  26,352 

3.60%     

24,673 

3.74%

interest margin (3) 

$  214,706 

4.70%   

  $ 204,415 

4.69%   

  $ 

198,787 

4.78%   

Ratio of interest earning assets 
to interest bearing liabilities   

147.86%   

157.16%   

162.64%   

Less: Tax equivalent 

adjustment 

(1,023) 

Net interest income 

$  30,131 

(925) 

$ 25,427 

(980) 

$ 23,693 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis.  
Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest earning assets and the cost of average interest bearing liabilities. 
Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest earning assets. 

Page -17-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

Net interest income can be analyzed in terms of the impact of changes in rates and volumes. The following table illustrates the extent 
to which changes in interest rates and in the volume of average interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities have affected the 
Bank’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) 
changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rates 
(changes in rates multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net changes. For purposes of this table, changes that are not due solely to 
volume  or  rate  changes have  been  allocated  to  these  categories  based on  the  respective  percentage  changes  in  average  volume  and
rate. Due to the numerous simultaneous volume and rate changes during the periods analyzed, it is not possible to precisely allocate 
changes between volume and rates. In addition, average earning assets include nonaccrual loans.  

2008 Over 2007 
Changes Due To 

2007 Over 2006 
Changes Due To 

  Volume

Rate 

Net
Change 

  Volume 

  Rate 

Net
Change 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Interest income on interest earning assets: 

Loans (including loan fee income) 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Tax exempt securities (1)
Taxable securities 
Federal funds sold 
Deposits with banks 

Total interest earning assets 

Interest expense on interest bearing liabilities: 

$ 3,653 
2,473 
229 
(51) 
(156) 
7 
6,155 

$ (1,960) 
167 
(122) 
(81) 
(299) 
(6) 
(2,301) 

$

$

$ 

1,693 
2,640 
107 
(132) 
(455) 
1 
3,854 

$  2,995 
364 
(228) 
52 
81 
(8) 
  3,256 

(1,953) 
673 
90 

701 
464 
80 

$

7 
411 
(9) 
126 
(3) 
(9) 
523 

611 
100 
255 

190 
52 
(948) 
4,802 

(85) 
5 
  1,165 
$  2,091 

(31) 
  — 
935 
$  (412) 

$

3,002 
775 
(237)
178 
78 
(17)
3,779 

1,312 
564 
335 

(116)
5 
2,100 
1,679 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits 
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more 
Other time deposits 
Federal funds purchased and repurchase 

agreements 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances 
Total interest bearing liabilities 

Net interest income 

689 
1,028 
311 

446 
58 
2,532 
$ 3,623 

$

(2,642) 
(355) 
(221) 

(256) 
(6) 
(3,480) 
1,179 

(1) The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis.  

The net interest margin stabilized in 2008 as the net interest  margin was essentially flat at 4.70% for the year ended December 31, 
2008 compared to 4.69% for 2007 and declined compared to 4.78% in 2006. The increase in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily the
result of the increase in interest earning assets and the decrease in the cost of the average total interest bearing liabilities being greater 
than the decrease in the yield on average total interest earning assets. The cost of interest bearing liabilities decreased approximately 
80 basis points during 2008 compared to prior year, and the yield on average total interest earning assets decreased approximately 39 
basis points.  

Net  interest  income  was  $30.1  million  in  2008  compared  to  $25.4  million  in  2007  and  $23.7  million  in  2006.  The  increase  in  net 
interest  income  of  $4.7  million  or  18.5%  as  compared  to  2007  primarily  resulted  from  the  effect  of  the  increase  in  the  volume  of
average total interest earning assets and the decrease in the cost of average total interest bearing liabilities being greater than the effect 
of the increase in volume of average total interest bearing liabilities and the decrease in yield on average total interest earning assets. 
The  increase  in  net  interest  income  of  $1.7  million  or  7.3%  in  2007  as  compared  to  2006  primarily  resulted from  the  effect of  the
increase in the volume of average total interest earning assets being greater than the effect of the increase in both volume and rate of 
average total interest bearing liabilities.  

Average total interest earning assets grew by $101.3 million or 18.0% to $663.3 million in 2008 compared to $562.0 million in 2007. 
During this period, the yield on average total interest earning assets decreased to 6.13% from 6.52%. Average interest earning assets 
grew $45.9 million or 8.9% in 2007 from $516.1 million in 2006. During this period, the yield on average total interest earning assets 
increased to 6.52% from 6.37%.  

Page -18-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  average  loans  grew  by  $50.6  million  or  14.6%  to  $397.6  million  as  compared  to  $347.0 
million in 2007 and increased $39.6 million or 12.9% in 2007 as compared to $307.4 million in 2006. Real estate mortgage loans and
commercial  loans  primarily  contributed  to  the  growth.  The  Bank  remains  committed  to  growing  loans  with  prudent  underwriting, 
sensible pricing and limited credit and extension risk.  

For the year ended December 31, 2008, average total investments increased by $53.6 million or 26.4% to $256.0 million as compared
to $202.4 million in 2007 and increased $4.9 million or 2.5% in 2007 as compared to $197.5 million in 2006. To position the balance 
sheet for the future and better manage liquidity and interest rate risk, a portion of the available for sale investment securities portfolio 
was sold during 2007 resulting in a net loss of $101,000 compared to a net loss of $289,000 in 2006. There were no sales of securities 
in 2008. Average federal funds sold decreased to $8.6 million or 30.7% in 2008 from $12.4 million in 2007 and increased $1.6 million 
or 14.6% in 2007 as compared to $10.8 million in 2006. The decrease in the average federal funds sold in 2008 was primarily due to 
growth in the average loans and investments.  

Average  total  interest  bearing  liabilities  totaled  $448.6  million  in  2008  compared  to  $357.6  million  in  2007  and  $317.3  million  in 
2006.  The  Bank  continued  to  offer  deposit  promotions  during  the  year  in  connection  with  increased  competition  in  the  market  to 
reduce potential core deposits outflows. The cost of interest bearing liabilities decreased to 2.12% for 2008 as compared to a cost of 
2.92% during 2007 and 2.63% in 2006. Since the Company’s interest bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than 
its  interest  earning  assets,  an  increase  in  short  term  interest  rates  would  initially  result  in  a  decrease  in  net  interest  income. 
Additionally, the large percentages of deposits in money market accounts reprice at short term market rates making the balance sheet 
more liability sensitive. Funding costs continued to decline in 2008 in response to the Federal Reserve lowering the targeted federal 
funds rate and discount rate and the prudent management of deposit pricing.  

For the year ended December 31, 2008, average total deposits increased by $74.2 million or 13.7% to $616.7 million as compared to 
average  total  deposits  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007.  Components  of  this  increase  include  an  increase  in  average  demand 
deposits for 2008 of $6.2 million or 3.2% to $197.2 million as compared to average demand deposits for 2007. The average balances 
in  savings, NOW  and  money  market  accounts  increased  $28.0  million  or  9.8%  to  $315.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2008 compared to the same period last year. Average balances in certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more and other time deposits 
increased $40.0 million or 62.5% to $104.0 million for 2008 as compared to 2007. Average public fund deposits comprised 20.6% of
total average deposits during 2008 and 21.7% of total average deposits during 2007. Average federal funds purchased and repurchase 
agreements  together  with  average  other  borrowed  money  and  average  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  term  advances  increased  $23.0 
million or 374.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to average balances for the same period in the prior year.  

Total interest income increased to $39.6 million from $35.9 million in 2007 and $32.0 million in 2006, an increase of 10.5% between
2008  and  2007  and  a  12.0%  increase  between  2007  and  2006.  The  ratio  of  interest  earning  assets  to  interest  bearing  liabilities 
decreased to 147.86% in 2008 as compared to 157.16% in 2007 and 162.64% in 2006. Interest income on loans increased $1.7 million
in 2008 over 2007 and increased $3.0 million in 2007 over 2006 primarily due to growth in the loan portfolio. The yield on average 
loans was 7.05% for 2008 and 7.59% for 2007 and 2006, respectively.  

Interest income on investments in mortgage-backed, taxable and tax exempt securities increased to $11.4 million or 28.4% in 2008
from  $8.9  million  in  2007  and  increased  $0.8  million  or  9.5%  in  2007  from  $8.1  million  in  2006.  Interest  income  on  securities 
included net accretion of discounts of $55,000 in 2008 and $22,000 in 2007 compared to amortization of premiums on securities of
$0.3  million  in  2006  as  the  rate  environment  changed  and  prepayments  substantially  slowed  on  the  mortgage-backed  security 
portfolio. The tax adjusted average yield on total securities increased to 4.85% in 2008 from 4.84% in 2007 and 4.52% in 2006. 

Interest expense decreased $0.9 million or 9.1% to $9.5 million in 2007 and increased $2.1 million or 25.2% to $10.4 million in 2007 
from $8.3 million in 2006. The decrease in interest expense in 2008 resulted from the Federal Reserve lowering the targeted federal 
funds  rate  and  discount  rate  and  the  prudent  management  of  deposit  pricing.  The  increases  in  interest  expense  in  2007  and  2006 
resulted from growth in average deposit balances and the higher cost of average interest bearing liabilities. The cost of average interest 
bearing liabilities was 2.12% in 2008, 2.92% in 2007, and 2.63% in 2006.  

Provision for Loan Losses
The Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in 
the Bank’s principal lending area on eastern Long Island. The interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the 
demand  for  such  loans,  the  supply  of  money  available  for  lending  purposes,  the  rates  offered  by  its  competitors,  the  Bank’s 
relationship  with  the  customer,  and  the  related  credit  risks  of  the  transaction.  These  factors  are  affected  by  general  and  economic 
conditions including, but not limited to, monetary policies of the federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, legislative 
policies and governmental budgetary matters.  

The  performance  of  the  loan  portfolio  continued  to  be  strong  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2008  and  2007.  Nonaccrual  loans 
increased $2.9 million to $3.1 million in 2008 from $0.2 million in 2007. In 2007, nonaccrual loans decreased $194,000 to $229,000 
from 2006. Nonaccrual loans represented 0.71% and 0.06% of net loans at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in 
non  accrual  loans  in  2008,  while  significant,  includes  a  single  loan  of  approximately  $2.5  million.  At  December  31,  2008, 

Page -19-

management determined that this loan was an impaired loan as defined by SFAS No. 114 “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of
a  Loan  –  An  Amendment  of  FASB  Statement  No.  5  and  15”  (“SFAS  114”).  For  a  loan  to  be  considered  impaired,  management 
determines after review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual 
terms  of  the  loan  agreement.  Additionally  management  applies  its  normal  loan  review  procedures  in  making  these  judgments.  The 
collateral underlying this loan is a first lien on real estate with an updated appraised value of $8.4 million, and no material losses are 
anticipated. As of December 31, 2007, and December 31, 2006, there were no impaired loans as defined by SFAS No. 114.  

Loans  of  approximately  $9.8  million,  $12.9  million,  and  $4.2  million  at  December  31,  2008,  2007,  and  2006,  respectively,  were 
classified as potential problem loans which include nonaccrual loans. This represents 2.3%, 3.4% and 1.3% of total loans at December 
31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. These are loans for which management has information that indicates the borrower may not be 
able  to  comply  with  the  present  repayment  terms.  The  increase  of  $8.7  million  in  potential  problem  loans  at  December  31,  2007, 
represents  four  commercial  and  three  residential  real  estate  mortgage  loans  which  were  currently  performing  under  their  original
terms. These loans are subject to increased management attention and their classification is reviewed on at least a quarterly basis. Due 
to  the  structure  and  nature  of  the  credits,  management  currently  believes  that  the  likelihood  of  sustaining  a  material  loss  on  these 
relationships is remote.  

As  of  December  31,  2008,  management  determined  that  one  commercial  mortgage  loan  for  $3.2  million  to  a  local  not  for  profit 
organization  was  considered  to  be  a  troubled  debt  restructuring,  as  defined  by  SFAS  No.  114.  The  identified  loan  had  an  original
principal balance of $4.0 million and during the third quarter of 2008 the Bank received principal payments of $660,000. During the 
fourth  quarter  of  2008,  the  terms  of  the  loan  were  modified.  This  loan  is  current  as  of  December  31,  2008  and  performing  in 
accordance with the modified terms. The loan is secured with collateral that has a fair value of approximately $5.4 million as well as 
personal guarantors. After review of the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, management believed it 
would  be  able  to  collect  all  amounts  due  without  a  shortfall  according  to  the  modified  terms  of  the  loan  agreement.  Management 
believes that the ultimate collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured and therefore continues to recognize interest income 
on an accrual basis. There were no loans considered to be trouble debt restructurings at December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2006, 
there was one loan considered to be a troubled debt restructuring, totaling $118,000. After review of the estimated fair value of the 
underlying  collateral  less  the  costs  to  sell,  management  believed  it  would  be  able  to  collect  all  amounts  due  without  a  shortfall
according to the modified terms of the loan agreement. Subsequent to December 31, 2006, six consecutive payments were made on 
this loan in accordance with the modified loan terms. The Bank had no foreclosed real estate at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.

Net charge-offs were $1,001,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $158,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Net recoveries were $44,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans was
129%, 1290% and 594%, at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.  

Based on our continuing review of the overall loan portfolio, the current asset quality of the portfolio, the growth in the loan portfolio 
and the net charge-offs or recoveries, a provision for loan losses of $2,000,000 was recorded in 2008 as compared to $600,000 in 2007 
and  $85,000  in  2006.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  increased  to  $3,953,000  at  December  31,  2008  as  compared  to  $2,954,000  at 
December  31,  2007  and  $2,512,000  at  December  31,  2006.  As  a  percentage  of  total  loans,  the  allowance  was  0.92%,  0.79%  and 
0.77% at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Management continues to carefully monitor the loan portfolio as well as
real estate trends on eastern Long Island. The Bank’s consistent and rigorous underwriting standards preclude sub-prime lending, and 
management remains cautious about the potential for an indirect impact on the local economy and real estate values in the future.

Page -20-

The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses. 

December 31, 

(Dollars in thousands) 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period 

$

2,954 

  $

2,512 

  $

2,383 

  $ 

2,188 

  $

2,144 

Charge-offs:
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans 
Real estate construction loans 
Real estate mortgage loans 
Installment/consumer loans 

Total

Recoveries: 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans 
Real estate construction loans 
Real estate mortgage loans 
Installment/consumer loans 

Total

534 
— 
480 
56 
1,070 

53 
— 
— 
16 
69 

203 
— 
— 
23 
226 

13 
— 
1 
54 
68 

33 
— 
— 
50 
83 

59 
— 
6 
62 
127 

153 
— 
7 
129 
289 

37 
100 
17 
30 
184 

302 
—
3 
65 
370 

61 
—
23 
30 
114 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries 
Provision for loan losses charged to operations 
Balance at end of period 
Ratio of net (charge-offs) recoveries during period to average 

(1,001) 
2,000 
3,953 

$

(158) 
600 
2,954 

  $

44 
85 
2,512 

  $ 

(105) 
300 
2,383 

  $

(256) 
300 
2,188 

  $

loans outstanding 

  (0.25%) 

(0.05%) 

0.01% 

(0.04%) 

(0.09%) 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses  
The following table sets forth the allocation of the total allowance for loan losses by loan type.  

Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Commercial, financial and 

agricultural loans 
Real estate construction 

loans

Real estate mortgage loans     
Installment/consumer loans    
  $ 

Total

2008 
Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

2007 
Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

2006 
Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

Amount

2005  
Percentage
of Loans 
to Total 
Loans 

2004 
Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

Amount

Amount

  Amount

  Amount

  $ 

617   

14.8%   $ 

420   

13.4%   $

303   

11.2%   $

273   

10.5%   $

315   

11.6%

266   
3,009   
61   
3,953   

3.8 
78.8 
2.6 

253   
2,194   
87   
100.0%   $  2,954   

4.0 
80.3 
2.3 

121   
2,009   
79   
100.0%   $ 2,512   

4.5 
81.6 
2.7 
100.0%   $

183   
1,817   
110   
2,383   

5.9 
80.4 
3.2 
100.0%   $

148   
1,659   
66   
2,188   

6.2 
80.0 
2.2 
100.0%

Non Interest Income
Total  non  interest  income  increased  by  $0.4  million  or  6.8%  in  2008  to  $6.1  million  and  increased  $1.3  million  or  28.7%  to  $5.7
million in 2007 as compared to $4.4 million in 2006. The increase in total non interest income in 2008 compared to 2007 was due to a 
$0.5 million increase in service charges on deposit accounts and an increase of $0.025 million on fees for other customer services, 
partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in revenues from the title insurance abstract subsidiary, Bridge Abstract and a decline in 
other operating income. The increase in total non interest income during 2007 compared to 2006 was due to a $0.3 million increase in 
title fee income from Bridge Abstract, a $0.5 million increase in service charges on deposit accounts, and a $0.3 million increase in 
fees for other customer services partly offset by a decrease in other operating income of $0.03 million. Excluding net securities losses 
and gains, total non interest income increased $0.3 million or 4.9% in 2008 and increased $1.1 million or 22.9% for the year ended 
December 31, 2007.  

No  securities  losses  were  recognized  in  2008.  Net  securities  losses  of  $101,000  and  $289,000  were  recognized  in  2007  and  2006, 
respectively. The net losses on securities in 2007 and 2006 were due to repositioning of the available for sale investment portfolio.  

Bridge Abstract, the Bank’s title insurance abstract subsidiary, generated title fee income of $1.1 million and $1.3 million, and $1.0 
million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decrease of $0.2 million or 16.4% in 2008 was due to a decrease in the number and  

Page -21-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
average value of transactions processed by the subsidiary. The increase of $0.3 million or 28.5% in 2007 was due to an increase in the 
volume of transactions processed by the subsidiary.  

Fees from other customer services increased $0.025 million or 1.44% to $1.8 million in 2008 as compared to $1.7 million in 2007.
The increase was due primarily to additional sales volume in our merchant and debit card cash management services. Fees from other 
customer  services  increased  $0.3  million  or  21.9%  in  2007  as  compared  to  2006.  Service  charges  on  deposit  accounts  for  the  year
ended December 31, 2008 totaled $3.1 million, an increase of $0.5 million as compared to 2007. This increase was driven by growth
in the number of deposit accounts subject to service charges and changes in our service fee structure. For the year ended December 31, 
2007, service charges were $2.5 million, an increase of $0.5 million from 2006.  

Other operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008 totaled $118,000, a decrease of $48,000 from $166,000 for the year 
ended December 31, 2007, and decreased $3,000 or 1.78% in 2007 from the prior year.  

Non Interest Expense
Non  interest  expenses  increased  by  $3.0  million  or  16.5%  in  2008  to  $21.2  million  from  $18.2  million  in  2007,  and  non  interest 
expense  increased  $2.2  million  or  13.5%  in  2007  from  $16.0  million  in  2006.  The  primary  components  of  these  changes  were  an 
increase  in  salaries  and  employee  benefits,  net  occupancy  expense,  furniture  and  fixture  expense  and  other  operating  expenses. 
Salaries and benefits increased $2.0 million or 18.2% in 2008 as compared to 2007 and increased $1.6 million or 17.1% in 2007 as
compared to 2006. The increases in salary and benefits reflect base salary increases, filling vacant positions, hiring new employees to 
support the Company’s expanding infrastructure and new branch offices, increases in incentive based compensation and an increase in 
employee benefit costs, particularly medical insurance costs and pension expense.  

Net occupancy expense increased $0.2 million or 7.8% to $1.9 million in 2008 from $1.7 million in 2007 and increased $0.3 million 
or 22.6% in 2007 from $1.4 million in 2006. Higher net occupancy expenses were due to increases in depreciation expense and rent
expense related to the new branch offices in 2008 and in 2007 as well as annual rent increases in other branch locations. Furniture and 
fixture expense increased $17,000 or 2.0% to $850,000 in 2008 from $833,000 in 2007 and increased $91,000 or 12.3% in 2007 from
$742,000 in 2006. The increase in furniture and fixture expense in 2007 relates primarily to the opening of three new branches. Other 
operating expenses increased $0.8 million or 20.3% to $4.8 million in 2008 from $4.0 million in 2007 and increased $0.2 million or 
5.1% in 2007 from $3.8 million in 2006. The increase during 2008 included higher professional fees associated with the listing and 
trading  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market,  the  special  shareholders  meeting  legal  work  and 
outsourced internal audits, as well as higher FDIC assessments related to growth in deposits and higher rates.  

Income Tax Expense
Income  tax  expense  for  December  31,  2008,  2007,  and  2006  was  $4.3  million,  $4.0  million  and  $3.9  million,  respectively.  The 
increase in 2008 was due to an increase in income before income taxes of $0.7 million to $13.0 million from $12.3 million in 2007 
and a slightly higher effective tax rate. The increase in income tax expense in 2007 was due to an increase in income before income 
taxes and a higher effective tax rate resulting from a lower percentage of interest income from tax exempt securities in 2007 compared 
to 2006 partially offset by a reduction in the New York State tax rate. The effective tax rate was 32.9%, 32.8% and 32.0% for the 
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.  

FINANCIAL CONDITION  

The assets of the Company totaled $839.1 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of $231.6 million or 38.1% from the previous
year-end.  This  increase  was  primarily  driven  by  growth  in  total  securities,  net,  of  $162.3  million,  total  loans  of  $54.4  million  or 
14.5%, and an increase of $14.5 million or 101.3% in cash and cash equivalents.  

This  growth  in  assets  was  funded  principally  by  growth  in  deposits  fueled  by  increased  sales  initiatives  and  maturation  of  newer
branches, and borrowings. The deposit growth occurred in all markets and included both new commercial and consumer relationships.
Core retail  and  commercial  deposits  increased $102.6  million  or 25% over  the  prior  year  to $520.8 million  at  December  31, 2008.
Demand deposits increased $5.1 million or 2.9% to $181.2 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $176.1 million at December 31,
2007.  Savings,  NOW  and  money  market  deposits  increased  $91.8  million  or  36.3%  to  $344.9  million  at  December  31,  2008  from 
$253.0 million at December 31, 2007. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more and other time deposits increased $53.2 million or 
66.8%.

Market opportunities contributed to the fourth quarter strategy to utilize wholesale funding to increase securities holdings and manage 
seasonal deposit flows. This strategy enhanced earnings and assisted in managing the Bank’s liquidity. Federal funds purchased and
Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  overnight  borrowings  increased  $63.9  million  to  $70.9  million  at  December  31,  2008  compared  to  $7.0 
million at December 31, 2007. Federal Home Loan Bank term advances increased $20.0 million or 200% to $30.0 million outstanding
at  December  31,  2008  compared  to $10.0 million  at  December  31,  2007.  Repurchase agreements  decreased $10.0 million  to  $15.0 
million outstanding at December 31, 2008 compared to $25.0 million at December 31, 2007.  

Page -22-

Other liabilities increased $2.5 million to $7.3 million at December 31, 2008 from $4.8 million at December 31, 2007 due primarily to 
an increase in deferred tax liabilities related to the increase in unrealized gains on securities as of December 31, 2008 compared to 
December 31, 2007.  

Total  stockholders’  equity  was  $56.1  million at December  31, 2008,  an  increase of $5.0  million  or  9.8%  from  December  31, 2007 
primarily due to net income of $8.8 million, an increase in net unrealized gains on securities of $3.2 million partially offset by the 
declaration  of  dividends  totaling  $5.7  million  and  a  $1.6  million  increase  in  the  pension  liability  associated  with  SFAS  158.  In
December  2008,  the  Company  declared  a  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.23  per  share.  The  Company  continues  its  long  term  trend  of 
uninterrupted dividends.  

Loans
During 2008, the Company continued to experience growth trends in real estate lending. The concentration of loans in our primary
market  areas  may  increase  risk.  Unlike  larger  banks  that  are  more  geographically  diversified,  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio  consists
primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending area 
on eastern Long Island. The markets in which the Company operates have experienced substantial growth in construction and land 
development activity over the past several years, which has been a factor in overall loan growth. The local economic conditions on 
eastern Long Island have a significant impact on the volume of loan originations and the quality of our loans, the ability of borrowers 
to repay these loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused 
by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond the Company’s control would impact these local economic conditions
and  could  negatively  affect  the  financial  results  of  the  Company’s  operations.  Additionally,  while  the  Company  has  a  significant
amount of commercial real estate loans, the majority of which are owner-occupied, decreases in tenant occupancy may also have a
negative  effect  on  the  ability  of  borrowers  to  make  timely  repayments  of  their  loans,  which  would  have  an  adverse  impact  on  the
Company’s earnings.  

The interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for 
lending purposes, the rates offered by its competitors, the Bank’s relationship with the customer, and the related credit risks of the 
transaction.  These  factors  are  affected  by  general  and  economic  conditions  including,  but  not  limited  to,  monetary  policies  of  the 
federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.  

The Bank targets its business lending and marketing initiatives towards promotion of loans that primarily meet the needs of small to 
medium-sized  businesses.  These  small-  to  medium-sized  businesses  generally  have  fewer  financial  resources  in  terms  of  capital  or
borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions negatively impact these businesses, the results of operations 
and financial condition may be adversely affected.  

With respect to the underwriting of loans, there are certain risks, including the risk of non-payment that is associated with each type of 
loan that the Bank markets. Approximately 82.6% of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2008 is secured by real estate and
approximately  46.4%  is  comprised  of  commercial  real  estate  loans.  Home  equity  lines  of  credit  comprise  approximately  14.6%, 
construction  mortgage  loans  comprise  approximately  3.8%,  residential  mortgages  comprise  approximately  14.6%,  and  land  loans 
comprise  approximately  3.2%.  Risks  associated  with  a  concentration  in  real  estate  loans  include  potential  losses  from  fluctuating 
values of land and improved properties. Home equity loans represent loans originated in the Bank’s geographic markets with loan to 
value ratios generally of 75% or less. The Bank’s residential mortgage portfolio includes approximately $4.8 million in interest only 
mortgages. The underwriting standards for interest only mortgages are consistent with the remainder of the loan portfolio and do not 
include  any  features  that  result  in  negative  amortization.  Largest  loan  concentrations  by  industry  are  loans  granted  to  lessors  of 
commercial property both owner occupied and nonowner occupied. The Bank uses conservative underwriting criteria to better insulate 
itself from a downturn in real estate values and economic conditions on eastern Long Island that could have a significant impact on the 
value of collateral securing the loans as well as the ability of customers to repay loans.  

The  remainder  of  the  loan  portfolio  is  comprised  of  commercial  and  consumer  loans,  which  represent  approximately  17.4%  of  the 
Bank’s  loan  portfolio.  The  primary  risks  associated  with  commercial  loans  are  the  cash  flow  of  the  business,  the  experience  and
quality of the borrowers’ management, the business climate, and the impact of economic factors. The primary risks associated with 
consumer loans relate to the borrower, such as the risk of a borrower’s unemployment as a result of deteriorating economic conditions 
or the amount and nature of a borrower’s other existing indebtedness, and the value of the collateral securing the loan if the Bank must 
take possession of the collateral. Consumer loans also have risks associated with concentrations of loans in a single type of loan. 

The Bank’s policy for charging off loans is a multi-step process. A loan is considered a potential charge-off when it is in default of 
either  principal  or  interest  for  a period of  90, 120 or  180 days, depending  upon  the  loan  type,  as  of  the  end of  the prior  month.  In 
addition to date criteria, other triggering events may include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, 
death  of  the borrower,  and deficiency  balance from  the  sale  of  collateral.  These  loans  identified  are  presented for  evaluation  at  the 
regular  meeting  of  the  Classification  Committee.  The  recovery  of  charged-off  balances  is  actively  pursued  until  the  potential  for
recovery has been exhausted, or until the expense of collection does not justify the recovery efforts.  

Page -23-

Total loans grew $54.4 million or 14.5%, during 2008 and $49.2 million or 15.1% during 2007. Average net loans grew $50.5 million 
or 14.6% during 2008 over 2007 and $39.6 million or 12.9% during 2007 when compared to 2006. Real estate mortgage loans were 
the  largest  contributor  of  the  growth  for  both  2008  and  2007  and  increased  $37.5  million  or  12.4%  and  $35.4  million  or  13.3%, 
respectively. Growth in real estate loans is primarily attributed to an increase in commercial and residential mortgages and increases in 
the home equity loan portfolio. Commercial, financial and agricultural loans increased $12.9 million or 25.6% in 2008 from 2007 and 
increased  $14.0  million  or  38.5%  in  2007  from  2006.  Real  estate  construction  loans  increased  $1.3  million  or  10.1%  in  2008  and 
increased $100,000 or 0.7% in 2007. Installment/consumer loans increased $2.5 million or 29.6% and decreased $295,000 or 3.3% 
during 2007. Fixed rate loans represented 23.3%, 19.2% and 16.7% of total loans at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans:  

December 31, 

(In thousands) 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

Real estate mortgage loans 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural loans 
Installment/consumer loans 
Real estate construction loans 

  $ 338,694 
63,468 
11,081 
16,174 

$ 301,193 
50,531 
8,553 
14,867 

$ 265,824 
36,498 
8,848 
14,767 

$  242,928 
31,644 
9,827 
17,960 

Total loans 
Unamortized cost/(Unearned income) 

Allowance for loan losses 
Net loans 

  429,417 
266 
  429,683 
(3,953) 
  $ 425,730 

375,144 
92 
375,236 
(2,954) 
$ 372,282 

  325,937 
60 
  325,997 
(2,512) 
$ 323,485 

  302,359 
(95) 
  302,264 
(2,383) 
$  299,881 

$ 236,812 
34,342 
6,685 
18,452 

  296,291 
(157)
  296,134 
(2,188)
$ 293,946 

Selected Loan Maturity Information  
The following table sets forth the approximate maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates of certain loans, exclusive of real 
estate mortgage loans and installment/consumer loans to individuals as of December 31, 2008:  

(In thousands) 

Commercial loans 

Construction loans (1)

Total 

Rate provisions: 

Amounts with fixed interest rates 

Amounts with variable interest rates 

Total 

(1) 

Within One
Year

After One
But Within
Five Years

After
Five Years 

Total

$

$

$

$

23,752 

10,336 
34,088 

8,484 

25,604 
34,088 

$

$

$

$

21,471 

$  18,245 

$ 63,468 

919 
22,390 

4,919 
$  23,164 

  16,174 
$ 79,642 

14,368 

$ 

5,248 

$ 28,100 

8,022 
22,390 

17,916 
$  23,164 

  51,542 
$ 79,642 

Included in the “After Five Years” column, are one-step construction loans that contain a preliminary construction 
period (interest only) that automatically converts to amortization at the end of the construction phase. 

Page -24-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Past Due, Nonaccrual and Restructured Loans  

The following table sets forth selected information about past due, nonaccrual and restructured loans: 

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing 
Nonaccrual loans 
Restructured loans 
Other real estate owned, net 
Total 

Year ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Gross interest income that has not been paid or recorded  
during the year under original terms: 
Nonaccrual loans 
Restructured loans 

Gross interest income recorded during the year: 
Nonaccrual loans 
Restructured loans 

Commitments for additional funds 

2008

2007

2006 

2005 

2004

  $ 

  $ 

— $
3,068  
3,229
—
6,297 $

— $
229  
—  
—
229 $

—  $ 
305   
118   
—
423  $ 

—  $
658   
—
—
658  $

2008

2007

2006 

2005 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

127 $
12

189 $
238

—

12 $
— $

5 $
— $

—

9  $ 
1   

12  $ 
9   

—

38  $
—

17  $
—

—

—
1,695
—
—
1,695

2004

16
—

12
—

—

Securities
Total securities increased to $357.9 million at December 31, 2008 from $195.6 million at December 31, 2007. The available for sale 
portfolio increased 65.8% to $310.7 million from $187.4 million at December 31, 2007 and the securities held to maturity increased
644.4% to $43.4 million. Securities held as available for sale may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in interest rates 
and resulting prepayment risk, or other factors. U.S. government sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) securities increased to $30.1 million 
at December 31, 2008 from $19.1 million at December 31, 2007 and state and municipal obligations increased by $0.8 million, while 
mortgage-backed  securities  increased  by  $111.5  million.  Mortgage-backed  securities  held  to  maturity  increased  to  $193  million  at
December 31, 2008 from $0 at December 31, 2007. Fixed rate securities represented 84.7% of total securities at December 31, 2008
compared  to  96.8%  at  December  31,  2007.  Mortgage-backed  securities  represented  approximately  74.7%  of  the  available  for  sale 
balance at December 31, 2008 as compared to 64.3% at the prior year-end. A change in market rates was the primary reason for the
net increase in unrealized gains in securities available for sale, which increased other comprehensive income.  

Total securities include restricted securities which represent FHLB and FRB stock, of $3.8 million and $2.4 million at December 31, 
2008 and 2007, respectively.  

A summary of the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and estimated fair value of securities is as follows:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

2008 
Estimated
Fair
Value

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

2007 
Estimated
Fair
Value

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

2006
Estimated
Fair
Value

Available for sale:    

  $ 

29,855  $ 

306  $ 

(27) $

30,134  $

19,035  $

139  $

(38 )  $

19,136  $

34,123  $ 

—  $

(346 )  $ 33,777

47,848   

840   

(100)   

48,588   

47,547   

435   

(179)   

47,803   

49,008   

316   

(481)   

48,843

227,325   

4,731   

(83)   

231,973    120,450   

1,060   

(1,065)   

120,445    122,009   

364   

(2,403)    119,970

305,028   

5,877   

(210)   

310,695    187,032   

1,634   

(1,282)   

187,384    205,140   

680   

(3,230)    202,590

State and
  municipal 
  obligation 
Mortgage- 
  backed
  securities 
Total held to 
  maturity 
Total securities 

24,153   

68   

(4)   

24,217   

5,836   

19,291   

382   

— 

19,673   

—

8

—

43,444   
  $  348,472  $ 

450   
6,327  $ 

(4)   

5,836   
43,890   
(214 ) $ 354,585  $ 192,868  $

8
1,642  $

Page -25-

— 

5,844   

9,444

—   

(2)   

9,442

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 

5,844   
(1,282 )  $ 193,228  $ 214,584  $ 

9,444

—   
680  $

(2)   

9,442
(3,232 )  $ 212,032

U.S. GSE 
  securities 
State and 
  municipal 
  obligations 
Mortgage- 
  backed 
  securities 

Total available 
  for sale 

Held to maturity:     

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
The  following  table  sets  forth  the  fair  value,  amortized  cost,  maturities  and  approximated  weighted  average  yield  (based  on  the
estimated annual income divided by the average book value) at December 31, 2008. Expected maturities will differ from contractual 
maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Yields on 
tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.  

December 31, 2008 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

Within
One Year 

Fair
Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield 

After One But 
Within Five Years 
Fair
Value
Amount 

Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield

After Five But 
Within Ten Years 
Fair
Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield

After 
Ten Years 

Total 

Fair
Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Available for sale: 

U.S. GSE securities  $  12,844 $ 
Mortgage-backed

12,755  4.40 % $  12,971  $  12,754 3.54% $ 4,319 $

4,346 4.62% $

—  $ 

— —% $

30,134  $

29,855

securities

State and municipal 

obligations

Total available for 

—

—  —  

  10,411   

10,378 3.88 

  34,493  

33,793 4.32 

  187,069   

183,154  5.32 

  231,973   

227,325

8,437  

8,393  4.30  

  21,032   

20,717 4.60 

  19,119  

18,738 5.85 

—

— — 

48,588   

47,848

sale

  21,281  

21,148  4.36  

  44,414   

43,849 4.12 

  57,931  

56,877 4.85 

  187,069   

183,154  5.32 

  310,695   

305,028

Held to maturity: 
Mortgage-backed

securities

State and municipal 

—

—  —  

obligations 

  24,217  

24,153  3.95  

Total held to 
maturity 

  24,217  

24,153  3.95  

—

—

—

— —

— —

—  

—  

— — 

19,673   

19,291  5.20 

19,673   

19,291

— —

—

— — 

24,217   

24,153

— —

—  

— — 

19,673   

19,291  5.20 

43,890   

43,444

Total securities 

$  45,498 $ 

45,301  4.14 % $  44,414  $  43,849 4.12% $ 57,931 $

56,877 4.85% $ 206,742  $  202,445  5.31% $ 354,585  $

348,472

Deposits and Borrowings
Borrowings  including  Fed  Funds  purchased,  repurchase  agreements  and  FHLB  term  advances,  increased  $73.9  million  to  $115.9 
million  at  December  31,  2008  from  the  prior  year-end.  The  increase  was  consistent  with  a  strategy  to  utilize  wholesale  funding  to 
increase securities holdings and manage seasonal deposit flows. This strategy enhanced earnings and assisted in managing the Bank’s 
liquidity. Total deposits increased $150.2 million or 29.5% in 2008 as compared to 2007. The growth in deposits is attributable to an 
increase  in  core  deposits  of  $102.6  million,  driven  by  the  opening  of  three  new  branches  and  the  offering  of  promotional  deposit
products, as well as an increase of $47.6 million in public funds deposits. Demand deposits increased $5.1 million or 2.9%. Savings, 
NOW  and  money  market  deposits  increased  $91.8  million  or  36.3%  primarily  related  to  public  funds.  Certificates  of  deposit  of 
$100,000 or more grew $33.4 million or 74.6% from December 31, 2007 and other time deposits increased $19.8 million or 56.7% as
compared to the prior year.

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2008.  

(In thousands) 

3 Months or less 
Over 3 through 6 months 
Over 6 through 12 months 
Over 12 months through 24 months 
Over 24 months through 36 months 
Over 36 months through 48 months 
Over 48 months through 60 months 
Over 60 months 
Total 

LIQUIDITY

Less than
$100,000

$100,000 or
Greater

Total

$

$

26,252 
8,048 
13,562 
5,575 
608 
238 
504 
60 
54,847 

$

$

44,144 
10,647 
14,135 
7,277 
292 
700 
970 
— 
78,165 

$ 

70,396 
18,695 
27,697 
12,852 
900 
938 
1,474 
60 
$  133,012 

The  objective  of  liquidity  management  is  to  ensure  the  sufficiency  of  funds  available  to  respond  to  the  needs  of  depositors  and
borrowers, and to take advantage of unanticipated earnings enhancement opportunities for Company growth. Liquidity management 
addresses the ability of the Company to meet financial obligations that arise in the normal course of business. Liquidity is primarily 
needed  to  meet  customer  borrowing  commitments,  deposit  withdrawals  either  on  demand  or  contractual  maturity,  to  repay  other 
borrowings as they mature, to fund current and planned expenditures and to make new loans and investments as opportunities arise.  

Page -26-

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company’s  principal  sources  of  liquidity  included  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $4.3  million  as  of  December  31,  2008,  and 
dividends  from  the  Bank.  Cash  available  for  distribution  of  dividends  to  shareholders  of  the  Company  is  primarily  derived  from 
dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. During 2008, the Bank declared and paid $3.0 million in cash dividends to the Company.
At December 31, 2008, the Bank had $5.8 million of retained net income available for dividends to the Company. Prior regulatory
approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income 
of that year combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years. In the event that the Company subsequently expands its 
current operations, in addition to dividends from the Bank, it will need to rely on its own earnings, additional capital raised and other 
borrowings to meet liquidity needs.  

The Bank’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity due within one 
year. The levels of these assets are dependent upon the Bank’s operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given 
period. Other sources of liquidity include loan and investment securities principal repayments and maturities, lines of credit with other 
financial  institutions  including  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank,  growth  in  core  deposits  and  sources  of  wholesale  funding  such  as 
brokered  certificates  of  deposit.  While  scheduled  loan  amortization,  maturing  securities  and  short-term  investments  are  a  relatively 
predictable  source  of  funds,  deposit  flows  and  loan  and  mortgage-backed  securities  prepayments  are  greatly  influenced  by  general
interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Bank adjusts its liquidity levels as appropriate to meet funding needs such as 
seasonal deposit outflows, loans, and asset and liability management objectives. Historically, the Bank has relied on its deposit base, 
drawn through its full-service branches that serve its market area and local municipal deposits, as its principal source of funding. The 
Bank  seeks  to  retain  existing  deposits  and  loans  and  maintain  customer  relationships  by  offering  quality  service  and  competitive
interest rates to its customers, while managing the overall cost of funds needed to finance its strategies.  

During 2008, the Bank grew its individual, partnership and corporate account balances (“core deposits”) as well as its level of public 
funds. During 2007, the Bank grew its individual, partnership and corporate account balances (“core deposits”) and reduced its level 
of  public  funds.  However,  during  2006  the  Bank  relied  more  heavily  on  funding  from  municipal  accounts  which  are  more  rate 
sensitive  and  therefore  volatile,  as  individual,  partnership  and  corporate  account  balances  declined.  The  Bank’s  Asset/Liability  and 
Funds  Management  Policy  allows  for  wholesale  borrowings  of  up  to  25%  of  total  assets.  At  December  31,  2008,  the  Bank  had 
aggregate  lines  of  credit  of  $217.5  million  with  unaffiliated  correspondent  banks  to  provide  short-term  credit  for  liquidity 
requirements. Of these aggregate lines of credit, $197.5 million is available on an unsecured basis. The Bank also has the ability, as a 
member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, to borrow against unencumbered residential and commercial mortgages 
owned by the Bank. The Bank also has a master repurchase agreement with the FHLB, which increases its borrowing capacity. As of
December  31,  2008,  the  amount  of  overnight  borrowings  under  these  lines  was  $70.9  million.  The  Bank  had  $15.0  million  of 
securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding as of December 31, 2008 with brokers and a $30.0 million advance that
was collateralized by securities outstanding as of December 31, 2008 with the FHLB. In addition, the Bank has an approved broker
relationship for the purpose of issuing brokered certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Bank
had issued $5.0 million and $7.2 million, respectively, of brokered certificates of deposit.  

Management  continually  monitors  the  liquidity  position  and  believes  that  sufficient  liquidity  exists  to  meet  all  of  our  operating 
requirements. Based on the objectives determined by the Asset and Liability Committee, the Bank’s liquidity levels may be affected
by  the  use  of  short-term  and  wholesale  borrowings,  and  the  amount  of  public  funds  in  the  deposit  mix.  The  Asset  and  Liability 
Committee is comprised of members of senior management and the Board. Excess short-term liquidity is invested in overnight federal 
funds sold.  

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

In the ordinary course of operations, the Company enters into certain contractual obligations.  

The following represents contractual obligations outstanding at December 31, 2008:  

(In thousands) 
Operating leases 
Purchase obligation 
FHLB term advances and repurchase agreements 
Time deposits 
Total contractual obligations outstanding 

Total
Amounts
Committed

Less than
One Year

One to
Three Years

Four to
FiveYears

Over Five
Years

  $

5,976 $
250
45,000
133,012

849  $
250 
30,000 
116,788 

  $ 184,238 $ 147,887  $

1,192  $
—
—   
13,752   
14,944  $

916  $
—
5,000   
2,412   
8,328  $

3,019 
—
10,000 
60 
13,079 

Page -27-

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

Some  financial  instruments,  such  as  loan  commitments,  credit  lines,  letters  of  credit,  and  overdraft  protection,  are  issued  to  meet 
customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in 
the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit 
loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to 
make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. At December 31,
2008, the Company had $27.8 million in outstanding loan commitments and $103.2 million in outstanding commitments for various 
lines of credit including unused overdraft lines. The Company also has $1.8 million of standby letters of credit as of December 31, 
2008. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on loan commitments and standby 
letters of credit.  

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Stockholders’  equity  increased  to  $56.1  million  at  December  31,  2008  from  $51.1  million  at  December  31,  2007  as  a  result  of 
undistributed  net  income;  plus  the  change  in  net  unrealized  appreciation  in  securities  available  for  sale,  net  of  deferred  taxes;  the 
change in pension liability under SFAS 158, net of deferred taxes; and the issuance of shares of common stock pursuant to the equity 
incentive plan; less the declaration of dividends. The ratio of average stockholders’ equity to average total assets decreased to 7.62% 
at year end 2008 from 7.91% at year end 2007.  

The  Company’s  capital  strength  is  paralleled  by  the  solid  capital  position  of  the  Bank,  as  reflected  in  the  excess  of  its  regulatory 
capital ratios over the risk-based capital adequacy ratio levels required for classification as a “well capitalized” institution by the FDIC 
(see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Management believes that the current capital levels along with future retained 
earnings  will  allow  the  Bank  to  maintain  a  position  exceeding  required  capital  levels  and  which  is  sufficient  to  support  Company
growth. Additionally, the Company has the ability to issue additional common stock, preferred stock and/or trust preferred securities 
should the need arise.  

The  Company  had  returns  on  average  equity  of  16.29%,  17.47%  and  17.68%  and  returns  on  average  assets  of  1.24%,  1.38%  and 
1.49%,  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2008,  2007,  and  2006,  respectively.  The  Company  utilizes  cash  dividends  and  stock 
repurchases to manage capital levels. Cash dividends totaled $5.7 million in 2008 compared to dividends paid in 2007 of $5.6 million. 
The  dividend  payout  ratios  for  2008  and  2007  were  64.55%  and  67.67%,  respectively.  The  Company  continues  its  trend  of 
uninterrupted dividends.  

On  March  27,  2006,  the  Company  approved  its  stock  repurchase  plan  allowing  the  repurchase  of  up  to  5%  of  its  then  current 
outstanding shares, 309,000 shares. There is no expiration date for the share repurchase plan. The Company considers opportunities
for  stock  repurchases  carefully.  The  Company  did  not  repurchase  any  shares  in  2008  or  2007.  During  2006,  157,334  shares  were 
repurchased at a total cost of approximately $4,039,000 or an average price per share of $25.67.  

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  notes  thereto  presented  herein  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally 
accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars 
without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary effect of inflation on 
the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets 
and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, changes in interest rates have a more significant effect on 
the performance of a financial institution than do the effects of changes in the general rate of inflation and changes in prices. Changes 
in interest rates could aversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the 
same direction, or in the same magnitude, as the prices of goods and services. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, which 
are beyond the control of the Company, including the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions and the monetary and
fiscal policies of the United States government and federal agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Bank.  

IMPACT OF PROSPECTIVE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

For discussion regarding the impact of new accounting standards, refer to Note 1q) of the notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Management considers interest rate risk to be the most significant market risk for the Company. Market risk is the risk of loss from 
adverse changes in market prices and rates. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net income of the Company as a 
result of changes in interest rates.  

Page -28-

The  Company’s  primary  earnings  source  is  net  interest  income,  which  is  affected  by  changes  in  the  level  of  interest  rates,  the 
relationship  between  rates,  the  impact  of  interest  rate  fluctuations  on  asset  prepayments,  the  level  and  composition  of  deposits  and 
liabilities, and the credit quality of earning assets. The Company’s objectives in its asset and liability management are to maintain a 
strong,  stable net  interest  margin,  to utilize  its  capital  effectively  without  taking  undue  risks,  to  maintain  adequate  liquidity,  and to 
reduce vulnerability of its operations to changes in interest rates.  

The Company’s Asset and Liability Committee evaluates periodically, but at least four times a year, the impact of changes in market
interest rates on assets and liabilities, net interest margin, capital and liquidity. Risk assessments are governed by policies and limits 
established by senior management, which are reviewed and approved by the full Board of Directors at least annually. The economic
environment continually presents uncertainties as to future interest rate trends. The Asset and Liability Committee regularly utilizes a 
model that projects net interest income based on increasing or decreasing interest rates, in order to be better able to respond to changes 
in interest rates.  

At December 31, 2008, $303,294,000 or 84.7% of the Company’s securities had fixed interest rates. Changes in interest rates affect
the value of the Company’s interest earning assets and in particular its securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates 
inversely  with  changes  in  interest  rates.  Increases  in  interest  rates  could  result  in  decreases  in  the  market  value  of  interest  earning 
assets, which could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  stockholders’  equity  and  its  results  of operations  if  sold.  The Company  is  also
subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also could affect the type (fixed-
rate or adjustable-rate) and amount of loans originated by the Company and the average life of loans and securities, which can impact 
the yields earned on the Company’s loans and securities. Changes in interest rates may affect the average life of loans and mortgage 
related  securities.  In  periods  of  decreasing  interest  rates,  the  average  life  of  loans  and  securities  held  by  the  Company  may  be
shortened to the extent increased prepayment activity occurs during such periods which, in turn, may result in the investment of funds 
from such prepayments in lower yielding assets. Under these circumstances the Company is subject to reinvestment risk to the extent 
that it is unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates on existing loans and 
securities.  Additionally,  increases  in  interest  rates  may  result  in  decreasing  loan  prepayments  with  respect  to  fixed  rate  loans  (and 
therefore  an  increase  in  the  average  life  of  such  loans),  may  result  in  a  decrease  in  loan  demand,  and  make  it  more  difficult  for 
borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.  

The Company utilizes the results of a detailed and dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure to net interest income 
to  sustained  interest  rate  changes.  Management  routinely  monitors  simulated net  interest  income  sensitivity  over a  rolling  two-year
horizon. The simulation model captures the seasonality of the Company’s deposit flows and the impact of changing interest rates on 
the interest income received and the interest expense paid on all assets and liabilities reflected on the Company’s Balance Sheet. This 
sensitivity analysis is compared to the asset and liability policy limits that specify a maximum tolerance level for net interest income 
exposure over a one-year horizon given both a 200 basis point upward and downward shift in interest rates. A parallel and pro rata
shift in rates over a twelve-month period is assumed.  

The following reflects the Company’s net interest income sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2008:  

Change in Interest 
Rates in Basis Points 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2008
Potential Change
in Net
Interest Income

$ Change

% Change

200  
100  
Static  
(100)  

$
$

$

(2,617) 
(1,250) 
—
249 

(7.27)%
(3.47)%
—
0.69% 

The  preceding  sensitivity  analysis  does  not  represent  a  Company  forecast  and  should  not  be  relied  upon  as  being  indicative  of 
expected  operating  results.  These  hypothetical  estimates  are  based  upon  numerous  assumptions  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the
nature  and  timing  of  interest  rate  levels  and  yield  curve  shapes,  prepayments  on  loans  and  securities,  deposit  decay  rates,  pricing
decisions on loans and deposits, and reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. While assumptions are developed 
based upon perceived current economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances as to the predictive 
nature of these assumptions including how customer preferences or competitor influences may change.  

Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will also differ due to prepayment and 
refinancing  levels  likely  deviating  from those  assumed,  the  varying impact  of  interest  rate  change  caps  or  floors on  adjustable  rate 
assets,  the  potential  effect  of  changing  debt  service  levels  on  customers  with  adjustable  rate  loans,  depositor  early  withdrawals, 
prepayment penalties and product preference changes and other internal and external variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis 
does not reflect actions that management might take in responding to, or anticipating changes in interest rates and market conditions.  

Page -29-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

ASSETS
Cash and due from banks 
Interest earning deposits with banks 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

Securities available for sale, at fair value 
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $43,890 and $5,844, respectively) 

Total securities, net 

Securities, restricted 

Loans 

Allowance for loan losses 

Loans, net 

Premises and equipment, net 
Accrued interest receivable 
Other assets 

Total Assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Demand deposits 
Savings, NOW and money market deposits 
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more 
Other time deposits 
Total deposits 

Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings 
Federal Home Loan Bank term advances 
Repurchase agreements 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities and accrued expenses 
Total Liabilities

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, par value $.01 per share: 

Authorized: 20,000,000 shares; 6,386,306 issued; 6,184,080 and 6,111,802 shares 

outstanding, respectively 

Surplus 
Retained earnings 
Less: Treasury Stock at cost, 202,226 and 276,274 shares, respectively 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss): 

Net unrealized gain on securities, net of deferred taxes of ($2,250) and ($140), respectively 
Change in pension (liabilities) assets, net of deferred taxes of $1,060 and ($7), respectively 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

  $ 

December
31,
2008

December
31,
2007 

$

24,744 
4,141 
28,885 

310,695 
43,444 
354,139 

14,213 
135 
14,348 

187,384 
5,836 
193,220 

3,800 

2,387 

429,683 
(3,953) 

375,236 
(2,954)

425,730 

372,282 

18,377 
3,626 
4,502 

  $ 

839,059 

  $ 

181,213 
344,860 
78,165 
54,847 
659,085 

70,900 
30,000 
15,000 
672 
7,263 
782,920 

64 
20,452 
40,081 
(6,309) 
54,288 

3,417 
(1,566) 
56,139 

$

$

18,469 
2,707 
4,011 

607,424 

176,130 
253,012 
44,769 
34,998 
508,909 

7,000 
10,000 
25,000 
641 
4,765 
556,315 

64 
21,671 
37,031 
(7,889)
50,877 

213 
19 
51,109 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

  $ 

839,059 

$

607,424 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Page -30-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Year Ended December 31, 
Interest income: 

Loans (including fee income) 
Mortgage-backed securities 
State and municipal obligations 
U.S. GSE securities 
Federal funds sold 
Deposits with banks 

Total interest income 

Interest expense: 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits 
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more 
Other time deposits 
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements 
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances 

Total interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

Non interest income: 

Service charges on deposit accounts 
Fees for other customer services 
Title fee income 
Net securities (losses) 
Other operating income 

Total non interest income 

Non interest expenses: 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy expense 
Furniture and fixture expense 
Data/Item processing 
Advertising 
Other operating expenses 

Total non interest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 
Comprehensive Income 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

2008 

28,040 
8,404 
1,907 
1,081 
183 
5 
39,620 

5,681 
2,125 
1,148 
478 
57 
9,489 

30,131 
2,000 
28,131 

3,067 
1,759 
1,120 
— 
118 
6,064 

12,710 
1,870 
850 
481 
440 
4,806 
21,157 

13,038 
4,288 
8,750 
1.44 
1.43 
10,369 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

2007 

2006 

26,347 
5,764 
1,898 
1,213 
638 
4 
35,864 

7,634 
1,452 
1,058 
288 
5 
10,437 

25,427 
600 
24,827 

2,540 
1,734 
1,339 
(101) 
166 
5,678 

10,755 
1,734 
833 
423 
429 
3,994 
18,168 

12,337 
4,043 
8,294 
1.37 
1.36 
10,787 

$

$
$
$
$

23,345 
4,989 
2,080 
1,035 
560 
21 
32,030 

6,322 
888 
723 
404 
—
8,337 

23,693 
85 
23,608 

2,069 
1,422 
1,042 
(289)
169 
4,413 

9,187 
1,414 
742 
445 
414 
3,800 
16,002 

12,019 
3,851 
8,168 
1.33 
1.33 
9,019 

$

$
$
$
$

Page -31-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Common 
Stock
64 

$ 

Surplus
$  21,631 

Comprehensive
Income

Retained
Earnings
  $ 31,813 
8,168 

8,168 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Unearned
Stock
Awards

Treasury
Stock
(4,285)  $ 

$

(108 )  $ 

108  

Balance at December 31, 2005 
Net income  
Transfer due to adoption of SFAS 123 (R)   
Stock awards granted  
Stock awards forfeited  
Exercise of stock options, including tax 

benefit  

Shared based compensation expense 
Treasury stock purchases  
Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share 
Other comprehensive income, net of 

deferred taxes 

Change in unrealized net losses in 

securities available for sale, net of 
reclassification and deferred tax effects  . 
Adjustment to intially apply SFAS 158, net 

of deferred tax  

Comprehensive Income 
Balance at December 31, 2006 

Net income 
Stock awards granted  
Stock awards forfeited 
Exercise of stock options, including tax 

benefit 

Shared based compensation expense 
Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share 
Other comprehensive income, net of 

deferred taxes  

Change in unrealized net gains in securities 
available for sale, net of reclassification 
and deferred tax effects 

Adjustment to pension liability, net of 

deferred tax  

Comprehensive Income  
Balance at December 31, 2007  

Net income  
Stock awards granted 
Stock awards forfeited 
Vesting of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options, including tax 

benefit 

Shared based compensation expense 
Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share 
Other comprehensive income, net of 

deferred taxes 

Change in unrealized net gains in securities 
available for sale, net of reclassification 
and deferred tax effects 

Adjustment to pension liability, net of 

deferred taxes 

Comprehensive Income  
Balance at December 31, 2008 

(108) 
(189) 
2 

110 
119 

189 
(2) 

(39) 

(4,039) 

(5,634) 

851 

9,019 

$ 

64 

$  21,565 

  $ 34,347 

$

(8,176) 

—  

$ 

(2,261)  $ 45,539 

(271) 
39 

94 
244 

8,294 

8,294 

271 
(39) 

55 

(5,610) 

1,738 

755 

10,787 

8,294 
—
—

149 
244 
(5,610)

1,738 

1,738 

755 

755 

$ 

64 

$  21,671 

  $ 37,031 

$

(7,889) 

—  

$ 

232 

$ 51,109 

(1,848) 
91 
(34) 

140 
432 

1,848 
(91) 
(40) 

(137) 

8,750 

8,750 

(5,665) 

3,204 

(1,585) 

(35) 

10,369 

$ 

64 

$  20,452 

  $ 40,081 

$

(6,309) 

$ 

1,851 

Total
(2,464)  $ 46,651 
8,168 
—
—
—

71 
119 
(4,039)
(5,634)

851 

851 

(648) 

(648)

8,750 
—
—
(74)

3 
432 
(5,665)

—

3,204 

3,204 

(1,585) 

(1,620)

—
$ 56,139 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Page -32-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 
Operating activities: 

2008

2007

2006

Net Income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

  $

8,750  $

8,294  $

8,168 

Provision for loan losses 
Depreciation and amortization 
(Accretion) and amortization, net  
Share based compensation expense 
Tax expense from the vesting of stock awards 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
SERP expense 
Net securities losses 
Increase in accrued interest receivable 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)  
(Increase) decrease in other assets  
(Decrease) increase in accrued and other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities:

Purchases of securities available for sale 
Purchases of FHLB stock 
Purchases of securities held to maturity 
Sales of securities available for sale 
Redemption of FHLB stock 
Maturities of securities available for sale  
Maturities of securities held to maturity 
Principal payments on mortgage-backed securities 
Net increase in loans 
Purchases of premises and equipment 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities: 

Net increase in deposits  
Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and FHLB overnight borrowings  
Increase in FHLB term advances 
Net (decrease) increase in repurchase agreements  
Purchase of Treasury stock 
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options issued pursuant to equity incentive 

plan 

Repurchase of surrendered stock from exercise of stock options and vesting of 

stock awards 

Cash dividends paid 

Net cash provided by financing activities  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents end of year  

Supplemental Information-Cash Flows: 

Cash paid for: 
Interest  

Income taxes 

Noncash investing and financing activities: 

Dividends declared and unpaid at year end 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

  $

  $

  $

  $

Page -33-

2,000 
1,214 

(55)   
432 
34
(19)   
166 
— 
(919)   
441 
(863)   
(1,468)   
9,713 

(213,851)   
(65,496)   
(46,571)   

— 
64,083 
69,496 
7,945 
27,431 
(55,448)   
(1,122)   
(213,533)   

150,176 
63,900 
20,000 
(10,000)   
—

600 
1,223 
(22) 
244 
—
(25) 
214 
101 
(15) 
(257) 
(1,346) 
595 
9,606 

(37,935) 
(16,595) 
(5,836) 
8,484 
15,086 
28,978 
9,444 
18,503 
(49,397) 
(1,687) 
(30,955) 

4,497 
(11,600) 
10,000 
25,000 
— 

85 
886 
272 
119 
—
(21) 
268 
289 
(68) 
400 
1,975 
(835) 
11,538 

(62,500) 
(10,343) 
(9,444) 
19,537 
10,842 
5,675 
10,012 
18,361 
(23,689) 
(3,251) 
(44,800) 

36,387 
4,100 
—
—
(4,039) 

— 

149 

70 

(71)
(5,648)   

218,357 

—
(5,612) 
22,434 

14,537 
14,348 
28,885  $

1,085 
13,263 
14,348  $

—
(5,668) 
30,850 

(2,412) 
15,675 
13,263 

9,457  $

10,651  $

7,810 

4,419  $

4,598  $

3,323 

1,423  $

1,406  $

1,394 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006  

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated under the laws of the State of New York as a single bank holding company. 
The Company’s business currently consists of the operations of its wholly-owned subsidiary, The Bridgehampton National Bank (the
“Bank”).  The  Bank’s  operations  include  its  real  estate  investment  trust  subsidiary,  Bridgehampton  Community,  Inc.  (“BCI”)  and  a
financial  title  insurance  subsidiary,  Bridge  Abstract  LLC  (“Bridge  Abstract”).  The  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in 
accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  general  practices  within  the  financial  institution  industry.  The 
following  is  a  description  of  the  significant  accounting  policies  that  the  Company  follows  in  preparing  its  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.  

a) Basis of Financial Statement Presentation  

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting and include the accounts of the 
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.  

The  preparation  of  financial  statements,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  requires  management to 
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities as of the date of each consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of income for the years then ended. 
Such estimates are subject to change in the future as additional information becomes available or previously existing circumstances 
are  modified.  Actual  future  results  could  differ  significantly  from  those  estimates.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses,  fair  values  of 
financial  instruments,  deferred  taxes,  prepayment  speeds  on  mortgage-backed  securities,  and  pension  assumptions  are  particularly
subject to change. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts, and the related discussion and analysis, to conform 
to the current year presentation.  

b) Cash and Cash Equivalents  

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and federal funds sold, 
which mature overnight. Cash flows are reported net for customer loan and deposit transactions and overnight borrowings.  

c) Securities  

Debt and equity securities are classified in one of the following categories: (i) “held to maturity” (management has a positive intent 
and ability to hold to maturity), which are reported at amortized cost, (ii) “available for sale” (all other debt and marketable equity 
securities), which are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported net of tax, as accumulated other comprehensive 
income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and (iii) “restricted” which represents FHLB and FRB stock which are reported 
at cost.

Premiums  and  discounts  on  securities  are  amortized  to  expense  and  accreted  to  income  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  respective 
securities using the interest method. Gains and losses on the sales of securities are recognized upon realization based on the specific 
identification method. Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected as realized 
losses. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less 
than  cost,  (2)  the  financial  condition  and  near  term  prospects  of  the  issuer,  and  (3)  the  Company’s  ability  and  intent  to  hold  the 
security for a period sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.  

d) Loans and Loan Interest Income Recognition  

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net deferred origination costs and fees. Loan origination and commitment fees 
and certain direct and indirect costs incurred in connection with loan originations are deferred and amortized to income over the life of 
the related loans as an adjustment to yield. When a loan prepays, the remaining unamortized net deferred origination fees or costs are 
recognized in the current year. Interest on loans is credited to income based on the principal outstanding during the period. Loans that 
are 90 days past due are automatically placed on nonaccrual and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest
income.  However,  if  the  loan  is  in  the  process  of  collection  and  the  Bank  has  reasonable  assurance  that  the  loan  will  be  fully 
collectible  based  upon  individual  loan  evaluation  assessing  such  factors  as  collateral  and  collectibility,  accrued  interest  will  be 
recognized as earned. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought 
current and future payments are reasonably assured.  

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the 
scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by 
management  in  determining  impairment  include  payment  status  and  the  probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and  interest 

Page -34-

payments  when  due.  The  impairment  of  a  loan  is  measured  at  the  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows  using  the  loan’s  effective 
interest  rate,  or  at  the  loan’s  observable  market  price  or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  less  costs  to  sell  if  the  loan  is  collateral 
dependent. Generally, the Bank measures impairment of such loans by reference to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. 
Loans that experience minor payment delays and payment shortfall generally are not classified as impaired.  

e) Allowance for Loan Losses  

The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio on a regular basis, with consideration given to loan growth, detailed analyses of classified 
loans,  repayment  patterns,  current  delinquencies,  probable  incurred  losses,  past  loss  experience,  current  economic  conditions,  and 
various types of concentrations of credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are 
charged to the allowance. Based on the determination of management and the Classification Committee, the overall level of allowance 
is  periodically  adjusted  to  account  for  the  inherent  and  specific  risks  within  the  entire  portfolio.  Based  on  the  Classification
Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 
2008, management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate.  

A  loan  is  considered  a  potential  charge-off  when  it  is  in  default  of  either  principal  or  interest  for  a period of  90, 120  or  180 days, 
depending  upon  the  loan  type,  as  of  the  end  of  the  prior  month.  In  addition  to  delinquency  criteria,  other  triggering  events  may
include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, death of the borrower, and deficiency balance from 
the sale of collateral.  

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based 
on changes in conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review 
the  Bank’s  allowance  for  loan  losses.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Bank  to  recognize  additions  to,  or  charge-offs  against,  the
allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination.  

f) Premises and Equipment  

Buildings, furniture and fixtures and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are 
depreciated using the straight-line method using a useful life of fifty years for buildings and a range of two to ten years for equipment, 
computer hardware and software, and furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective
leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Land is recorded at cost.  

Improvements and major repairs are capitalized, while the cost of ordinary maintenance, repairs and minor improvements is charged
to expense.  

g) Other Real Estate Owned  

Other real estate owned consists of real estate acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure and is recorded at the lower of the 
net  loan  balance  at  the  foreclosure  date  plus  acquisition  costs  or  fair  value,  less  estimated  costs  to  sell.  Subsequent  valuation 
adjustments are made if fair value less estimated costs to sell the property falls below the carrying amount. At December 31, 2008 and 
2007, the Company carried no other real estate owned.  

h) Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments  

Financial  instruments  include  off-balance  sheet  credit  instruments,  such  as  unused  lines  of  credit,  commitments  to  make  loans  and
commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer-financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, 
before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet when they are 
funded.  

i) Income Taxes  

The  Company  follows  the  asset  and  liability  approach,  which  requires  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the 
expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities,
computed using enacted tax rates. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not that a future benefit will be realized. 
It is management’s position, as currently supported by the facts and circumstances, that no valuation allowance is necessary against
any of the Company’s deferred tax assets.  

The  Company  adopted  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Interpretation  48,  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income
Taxes  (“FIN  48”),  as  of  January  1,  2007.  A  tax  position  is  recognized  as  a  benefit  only  if  it  is  “more  likely  than  not”  that  the  tax
position  would  be  sustained  in  a  tax  examination,  with  a  tax  examination  being  presumed  to  occur.  The  amount  recognized  is  the 
largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more 
likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. The adoption had no affect on the Company’s financial statements.  

Page -35-

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company did not have 
any amounts accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2008 or 2007.  

j) Treasury Stock  

Repurchases of common stock are recorded as treasury stock at cost. Treasury stock is reissued using the first in, first out method.  

k) Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per common share is net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the 
period. Diluted earnings per share, which reflects the potential dilution that could occur if outstanding stock options were exercised 
and if stock awards were fully vested and resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company, is 
computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and common stock equivalents.  

l) Dividends  
Cash available for distribution of dividends to shareholders of the Company is primarily derived from dividends paid by the Bank to 
the Company. Due to regulatory restrictions, dividends from the Bank to the Company at December 31, 2008, were limited to $8.8 
million which represents the Bank’s 2008 retained net income and net retained earnings from the previous two years, of which $3.0
million was declared from the Bank to the Company during 2008. Prior regulatory approval is required if the total of all dividends 
declared  by  the  Bank  in  any  calendar  year  exceeds  the  total  of  the  Bank’s  net  income  of  that  year  combined  with  its  retained  net
income of the preceding two years.  

m) Segment Reporting  

While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments are not material and
operations  are managed  and  financial  performance  is  evaluated on  a Company-wide basis.  Accordingly,  all  of  the financial  service
operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.  

n) Stock Based Compensation Plans  

Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  123(R)  (“SFAS  123(R)”),  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation, Revised,”
requires  companies  to  record  compensation  cost  for  stock  options  and  stock  awards  granted  to  employees  in  return  for  employee 
service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options and awards when granted, and this cost is expensed over the employee 
service  period,  which  is  normally  the  vesting  period  of  the  options  and  awards.  The  Company  adopted  SFAS  123(R)  beginning 
January 1, 2006 applying the modified prospective transition method. Under the modified prospective transition method, the financial 
statements will not reflect restated amounts.  

o) Comprehensive Income  

Comprehensive income includes net income and all other changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments
by  owners  and  distributions  to  owners.  Other  comprehensive  income  includes  revenues,  expenses,  gains  and  losses  that  under 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  are  included  in  comprehensive  income  but  excluded  from  net  income.  Comprehensive 
income and accumulated other comprehensive income are reported net of deferred income taxes. Accumulated other comprehensive 
income for the Company includes unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities, the minimum pension liability for 
the  years  prior  to  the  adoption  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  158  (“SFAS  158”),  “Employers’  Accounting  for 
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R.)”, and the 
pension liability after adopting SFAS No. 158. SFAS 158 requires employers to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a 
defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded 
status  in  the  year  the  changes  occur  through  comprehensive  income.  Other  comprehensive  income  is  net  of  reclassification 
adjustments for realized gains (losses) on sales of available for sale securities.  

p) Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in 
Note  12.  Fair  value  estimates  involve  uncertainties  and  matters  of  significant  judgment  regarding  interest  rates,  credit  risk, 
prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market 
conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

q) New Accounting Standards  

In  September  2006,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  157,  “Fair  Value  Measurements”  (“SFAS  157”).  SFAS  157  defines  fair  value, 
establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement establishes a 

Page -36-

 
fair  value  hierarchy  about  the  assumptions  used  to  measure  fair  value  and  clarifies  assumptions  about  risk  and  the  effect  of  a 
restriction on the sale or use of an asset. This statement does not require any new fair value measurements. It is effective for financial 
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position (FSP) 157-2, 
“Effective  Date  of  FASB  Statement  No.  157.”  This  FSP  delays  the  effective  date  of  SFAS  157  for  all  nonfinancial  assets  and 
nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually) to fiscal years 
beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of 
the  adoption  of  SFAS  157,  with  respect  to  its  current  practice  of  measuring  fair  value  and  disclosure  in  its  financial  statements,
however the impact of adoption of this standard is not anticipated to be material.  

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including 
an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure selected financial assets 
and  liabilities  at  fair  value  and  establishes  presentation  and  disclosure  requirements  designed  to  facilitate  comparisons  between 
companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. Early adoption was permitted as of 
the beginning of a fiscal year that begins on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity also elects to apply the provisions of 
SFAS 157. The Company did not early adopt SFAS 159. The standard is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year
that  begins  after  November  15,  2007.  The  Company  did  not  elect  the  fair  value  option  for  any  financial  assets  and  liabilities  as  of 
January 1, 2008.  

On November 5, 2007, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan 
Commitments Recorded at Fair Value through Earnings (“SAB 109”). Previously, SAB 105, Application of Accounting Principles to 
Loan Commitments, stated that in measuring the fair value of a derivative loan commitment, a company should not incorporate the 
expected net future  cash flows related  to  the  associated servicing  of  the  loan. SAB  109  supersedes SAB 105  and indicates  that  the
expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan should be included in measuring fair value for all written 
loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings. SAB 105 also indicated that internally-developed intangible 
assets should not be recorded as part of the fair value of a derivative loan commitment, and SAB 109 retains that view. SAB 109 is 
effective for derivative loan commitments issued or modified in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007. The adoption of 
SAB 109 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

On  December  21,  2007,  the  SEC  issued  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  110  (“SAB  110”)  that  amends  and  replaces  Question  6  of 
Section D.2 of Topic 14, Share Based Payment, of the Staff Accounting Bulletin Series. SAB 110 states that the continued use of the 
simplified  method  in  developing  an  estimate  of  the  expected  term  of  “plain  vanilla”  share  options  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No. 
123(R), “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Revised,” that was outlined in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 is acceptable.  

r) Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock  

The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  FHLB  system.  Members  are  required  to  own  a  particular  amount  of  stock  based  on  the  level  of 
borrowings  and  other  factors,  and  may  invest  in  additional  amounts.  FHLB  stock  is  carried  at  cost  and  classified  as  a  restricted
security,  and  periodically  evaluated  for  impairment  based  on  ultimate  recovery  of  par  value.  Both  cash  and  stock  dividends  are 
reported as income.  

s) Reclassifications  

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.  

Page -37-

2. SECURITIES  
A summary of the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of securities is as follows:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Available for sale: 

Amortized 
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair
Value

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair
Value

2008 

2007 

U.S. GSE securities  
State and municipal obligations   
Mortgage-backed securities  
Total available for sale  

$ 

29,855 
47,848 
227,325 
305,028 

Held to maturity: 

State and municipal obligation    
Mortgage-backed securities  
Total held to maturity  

Total securities  

24,153 
19,291 
43,444 
$  348,472 

$ 

$ 

306 
840 
4,731 
5,877 

68 
382 
450 
6,327 

$

$

(27) 
(100) 
(83) 
(210) 

(4) 
— 
(4) 
(214) 

$

$

30,134 
48,588 
231,973 
310,695 

24,217 
19,673
43,890 
354,585 

$

19,035 
47,547 
120,450 
187,032 

5,836 
—
5,836 
$ 192,868 

$ 

$ 

139 
435 
1,060 
1,634 

8 
—
8 
1,642 

$ 

$ 

(38) 
(179) 
(1,065) 
(1,282) 

$

19,136 
47,803 
  120,445 
  187,384 

— 
—
— 
(1,282) 

5,844 
—
5,844 
$ 193,228 

Securities with unrealized losses at year-end 2008 and 2007, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have 
been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 

U.S. GSE securities  
State and municipal obligations   
Mortgage-backed securities  
Total temporarily impaired 

Less than 12 months 

Fair 
Value
4,319 
6,156 
17,224 

$ 

Unrealized
losses
27 
55 
64 

$ 

2008

2007

  Greater than 12 months
Unrealized
losses
— 
49 
19

Fair 
Value
— 
701 
1,529 

$

$

Less than 12 months 

Greater than 12 months 

Fair
Value
— 
3,284 
—

Unrealized
losses
— 
49 
— 

$ 

$ 

Fair
 Value
12,328 
14,918 
49,468 

$ 

Unrealized
losses
38 
130 
1,065 

$

securities

$  27,699 

$ 

146 

$

2,230 

$

68 

$

3,284 

$ 

49 

$ 

76,714 

$ 

1,233 

Unrealized losses on securities have not been recognized into income, as the losses on these securities would be expected to dissipate 
as they approach their maturity dates. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment periodically and with 
increased frequency when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to the length of time and the 
extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and 
ability of the Company to retain its investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. In 
analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, the Company may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its 
entities, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, and the issuer’s financial condition.  

The following table sets forth the fair value, amortized cost and maturities of the securities at December 31, 2008. Expected maturities 
will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or 
prepayment penalties.  

December 31, 2008 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Within
One Year 

After One But 
Within Five Years 

After Five But 
Within Ten Years 

After 
Ten Years 

Total 

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value 
Amount 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Available for sale: 

  $ 

U.S. GSE securities  
Mortgage-backed securities   
State and municipal 
obligations  
Total available for sale  

Held to maturity: 
Mortgage-backed securities   
State and municipal 
obligations  
Total held to maturity  

12,844  $ 
—

12,755  $  12,971  $

— 

10,411 

12,754  $
10,378 

4,319  $

4,346  $

—  $ 

34,493 

33,793 

187,069 

—  $

30,134  $
183,154  $ 231,973  $

29,855
227,325

8,437   
21,281   

8,393 
21,148 

21,032 
44,414 

20,717 
43,849 

19,119 
57,931 

18,738 
56,877 

—
187,069 

—  $

183,154 

48,588  $
310,695 

47,848
305,028

—

—

24,217   
24,217   

24,153 
24,153 

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

—
—

— 

—
— 

19,673 

19,291  $

19,673  $

19,291

—
19,673 

—  $

19,291 

24,217  $
43,890 

24,153
43,444

Total securities  

  $ 

45,498  $ 

45,301  $  44,414  $

43,849  $

57,931  $

56,877  $ 206,742  $  202,445  $ 354,585  $

348,472

There were no sales of available for sale securities during 2008. There were $8.5 million and $19.5 million of proceeds on sales of   

Page -38-

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
available for sale securities in 2007, and 2006, respectively. Gross gains of approximately $13,000 were realized on sales of available 
for sale securities during 2006. Gross losses of approximately $101,000, and $302,000 were realized on sales of available for sale
securities during 2007 and 2006, respectively. There were no sales of held to maturity securities during 2008, 2007, and 2006. 
Securities having a fair value of approximately $276.0 million and $145.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were 
pledged to secure public deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank overnight borrowings. The Company did 
not hold any trading securities during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.  

There  were  no  investment  holdings  of  any  one  issuer  that  exceeded  10%  of  stockholders’  equity  at  December  31,  2008  and  2007, 
other than U.S. Government and its Entities.  

3. LOANS  

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans  
Residential real estate mortgage loans  
Commercial, financial, and agricultural loans  
Installment/consumer loans  
Real estate-construction loans  

Total loans  
Net deferred loan cost and fees  

Allowance for loan losses  
Net loans  

2008 

2007

$

$

199,156 
139,342 
63,468 
11,081 
16,370 

429,417 
266 
429,683 
(3,953) 
425,730 

$

$

175,876 
125,317 
50,531 
8,553 
14,867 

375,144 
92 
375,236 
(2,954) 
372,282 

Lending Risk 
The  principal  business  of  the  Bank  is  lending,  primarily  in  commercial  real  estate  loans,  residential  mortgage  loans,  construction 
loans, home equity loans, commercial and industrial loans, construction loans, land loans and consumer loans. The Bank considers its 
primary lending area to be eastern Long Island in Suffolk County, New York, and a substantial portion of the Bank’s loans are secured 
by  real  estate  in  this  area.  Accordingly,  the  ultimate  collectibility  of  such  a  loan  portfolio  is  susceptible  to  changes  in  market  and 
economic conditions in this region.  

Allowance for Loan Losses 
The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period 
Charge-offs  
Recoveries  
Net (charge-offs) recoveries  

Provision for loan losses charged to operations  

Balance at end of period  

2008 

2007 

2006 

$

$

2,954 
(1,070) 
69 
(1,001) 

2,000 

$ 

2,512  
(226 ) 
68  
(158 ) 

600  

2,383 
(83)
127 
44 

85 

$

3,953 

$

2,954  

$ 

2,512 

Past Due, Nonaccrual and Restructured Loans
Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $3.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. There were no loans 90 days or
more past due that were still accruing interest at December 31, 2008 and 2007.  

As  of  December  31,  2008,  management  determined  that  one  commercial  mortgage  loan  for  $2.5  million  was  an  impaired  loan  as 
defined by SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan – An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 5 and 15” 
(“SFAS 114”). For a loan to be considered impaired, management determines after review whether it is probable that the Company 
will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Additionally management 
applies  its  normal  loan  review  procedures  in  making  these  judgments.  Recognition  of  interest  income  on  impaired  loans  is 
discontinued  when  reasonable  doubt  exists  as  to  the  ultimate  collectibility  of  the  interest  and  principal  of  the  loan.  The  loan  was 
determined to be impaired on December 28, 2008 therefore the average recorded investment in the impaired loan during the twelve

Page -39-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
months ended December 31, 2008 was immaterial to the financial statements. The collateral underlying this loan is a first lien on real 
estate  with  an updated  appraised value of  $8.4  million;  therefore  management  believes  that  the ultimate  collection of  principal  and 
interest is reasonably assured. Since management believes in the ultimate collection of the loan there is not a specific allocation of the 
allowance for loan loss attributable to this loan. Currently the loan is nonaccrual and is not accruing interest. As of December 31, 2007 
and 2006, the Bank did not have any impaired loans as defined in SFAS No. 114.  

As  of  December  31,  2008,  management  determined  that  one  commercial  mortgage  loan  for  $3.2  million  to  a  local  not  for  profit 
organization was a troubled debt restructuring as defined by SFAS No. 114. The related allowance for loan loss associated with the 
loan as of December 31, 2008 was $65,000. The average recorded investment in the troubled debt restructured loan during the twelve
months  ended December  31, 2008  was  $0.8  million.  The  loan was determined  to be  impaired  during  the  third quarter  of 2008  and 
since  that  determination  $52,000  of  interest  income  has  been  recognized.  The  troubled  debt  restructured  loan  is  current  as  of 
December 31, 2008 and is secured with collateral that has a fair value of approximately $5.4 million as well as personal guarantors. 
Management believes that the ultimate collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured and therefore continues to recognize 
interest income on an accrual basis. There were no restructured loans at December 31, 2007.  

Related Party Loans
Certain  directors,  executive  officers,  and  their  related  parties,  including  their  immediate  families  and  companies  in  which  they  are 
principal owners, were loan customers of the Bank during 2008 and 2007.  

The following table sets forth selected information about related party loans at December 31, 2008:  

(In thousands) 
Balance at December 31, 2007  
New loans  
Effective change in related parties  
Advances  
Repayments  
Balance at December 31, 2008  

4. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

Premises and equipment consist of:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Land
Construction in progress  
Building and improvements  
Furniture and fixtures  
Leasehold improvements  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization  

Balance
Outstanding

1,349 
2,196 
(79) 
170 
(369) 
3,267 

2008 

2007 

6,142 
769 
11,515 
8,372 
2,410 
29,208 

(10,831) 
18,377 

$ 

$ 

$ 

6,142 
98 
11,605 
8,012 
2,241 
28,098 

(9,629)
18,469 

$

$

$

$

$

Page -40-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. DEPOSITS  

Time Deposits
The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2008:  

(In thousands) 

2009  
2010  
2011  
2012  
2013  
2014  
Total  

Less than
$100,000

$100,000 or
Greater

  $ 

  $ 

47,862  $
5,575   
608   
238   
504   
60   
54,847  $

68,926 $
7,277
292
700
970
—
78,165 $

Total

116,788 
12,852 
900 
938 
1,474 
60
133,012 

Deposits from principal officers, directors and their affiliates at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were approximately $8.7 million and
$3.7 million, respectively. Public fund deposits at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $138.2 million and $90.6 million, respectively.

6. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE  

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, securities sold under agreements to repurchase totaled $15.0 million and $25.0 million, respectively, 
and were secured by mortgage-backed securities with a carrying amount of $23.4 million and $30.2 million, respectively.  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are financing arrangements with $5.0 million maturing during the first quarter of 2013 
and $10 million maturing during the first quarter of 2015. At maturity, the securities underlying the agreements are returned to the 
Company. Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized as follows:  

(In thousands)
Average daily balance during the year  
Average interest rate during the year  
Maximum month-end balance during the year  
Weighted average interest rate at year-end  

7. FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES  

2008

2007 

2006

$

$

13,183 

2.39% 

15,000 

2.39% 

$ 

$ 

753 
4.50% 

25,000 

4.50% 

—
—
—
—

As of December 31, 2008, there was one term advance from the Federal Home Loan Bank for $30.0 million with a fixed interest rate
of 0.49% maturing in January 2009. The term advance is payable at its maturity date and is subject to a prepayment penalty. The term 
advance was collateralized by $35.3 million of mortgage-backed securities as of December 31, 2008. In addition to the term advance,
there  was  $34.9  million  of  overnight  borrowing  from  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2008.  The 
overnight borrowings were collateralized by $15.8 million of securities and a blanket lien on residential mortgages as of December 31, 
2008. As of December 31, 2007, there was one advance from the Federal Home Loan Bank for $10.0 million with a fixed interest rate 
of  4.3%  maturing  in  January  2008.  The  advance  was  payable  at  its  maturity  date  and  was  subject  to  a  prepayment  penalty.  The 
advance was collateralized by $15.0 million of agency securities as of December 31, 2007. There were no overnight borrowings from 
the Federal Home Loan Bank outstanding as of December 31, 2007.  

Page -41-

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. INCOME TAXES  

The components of income tax expense are as follows:  

Year Ended December 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

(In thousands) 
Current: 

Federal  
State

Deferred: 
Federal  
State

Income tax expense 

$

$

3,263 
584 
3,847 

399 
42 
441 
4,288 

$

$

3,609 
691 
4,300 

(194) 
(63) 
(257) 
4,043 

$ 

$ 

2,967 
484 
3,451 

310 
90 
400 
3,851 

The reconciliation of the expected Federal income tax expense at the statutory tax rate to the actual provision follows:  

Year Ended December 31 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Federal income tax expense computed by 

Amount

2008
Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

2007
Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

2006
Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

Amount

Amount

applying the statuory rate to income before 
income taxes  
Tax exempt interest  
State taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit    
Other  
Income tax expense  

  $ 

  $ 

4,442 
(699) 
413 
132 
4,288 

34%  $
(5) 
3 
1 
33%  $

4,195 
(644) 
415 
77 
4,043 

34%  $ 
(5) 
3 
1 

33%  $ 

4,087 
(706) 
379 
91 
3,851 

34%
(6) 
3 
1 
32%

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Deferred tax assets: 
Allowance for loan losses  

Total  

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Pension and SERP expense  
Other  
Depreciation
Total  

Total before other comprehensive Income  

SFAS 115 deferred tax liability  
SFAS 158 deferred tax asset (liability)  
Net deferred tax (liability) asset  

2008

2007

$

1,726 
1,726 

$ 

1,300  
1,300  

(853) 
(507) 
(263) 
(1,623) 

103 

(2,250) 
1,060 
(1,087) 

$ 

$

(435 )
(94 )
(227 )
(756 )

544  

(140 )
(7 )
397  

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  U.S.  federal  income  tax  as  well  as  income  tax  of  the  State  of  New  York.  The 
Company  is  no  longer  subject  to  examination  by  taxing  authorities  for  years  before  2004.  The  Company  does  not  expect  the  total 
amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.  

Page -42-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS  

a) Pension Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan  

The Bank maintains a noncontributory pension plan through the New York State Bankers Association Retirement System covering all
eligible employees. Beginning in 2008, the Bank uses a December 31st measurement date for this plan in accordance with SFAS No. 
158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 
87, 88, 106 and 132(R)”. Prior to 2008, the Bank used a September 30th measurement date. In order to properly reflect the change in 
measurement dates the Bank recorded a net transition adjustment of $35,000.  

During  2001,  the  Bank  adopted  the  Bridgehampton  National  Bank  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (“SERP”).  The  SERP 
provides benefits to certain employees, as recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and approved by 
the full Board of Directors, whose benefits under the pension plan are limited by the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue 
Code. The benefit under the SERP is equal to the additional amount the employee would be entitled to under the Pension Plan and the 
401(k) Plan in the absence of such Internal Revenue Code limitations. The assets of the SERP are held in a rabbi trust to maintain the 
tax-deferred status of the plan and are subject to the general, unsecured creditors of the Company. As a result, the assets of the trust 
are reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company.  

Information about changes in obligations and plan assets of the defined benefit pension plan and the defined benefit plan component 
of the SERP are as follows:  

At December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Benefits paid and expected expenses  
Assumption changes and other  
Benefit obligation at end of year  

Change in plan assets, at fair value
Plan assets at beginning of year  
Actual return on plan assets  
Employer contribution  
Benefits paid and actual expenses  
Plan assets at end of year  

Funded status (plan assets less benefit obligations)  

Pension Benefits 

2008

2007

SERP Benefits 
2008

2007

$

$

$

$

$

4,716 
553 
348 
(270) 
10 
5,357 

6,574 
(1,736) 
2,000 
(266) 
6,572 

1,215 

$

$

$

$

$

4,943 
451 
280 
(205) 
(753) 
4,716 

5,005 
785 
990 
(206) 
6,574 

$ 

$ 

1,054 
71 
48 
— 
308 
1,481 

$

$

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

1,119 
61 
53 
(17)
(162)
1,054 

—
—
17 
(17)
—

1,858 

$ 

(1,481)

$

(1,054)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, consist of:  

At December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Net actuarial loss/(gain)  
Prior service cost  
Transition obligation  
Net amount recognized  

Pension Benefits 

2008

1,930 
108 
—
2,038 

$

$

$

$

2007

(431) 
120 
— 
(311) 

$ 

$ 

SERP Benefits 
2008

2007

312 
—
252 
564 

$

$

4 
—
280 
284 

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  was  $4.6  million  and  $1.2  million  for  the  pension  plan  and  the  SERP,  respectively,  as  of 
December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2007, the accumulated benefit obligation was $3.8 million and $1.0 milliom for the pension
plan and the SERP, respectively.  

Page -43-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income 

At December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Components of net periodic benefit cost and other 

amounts recognized in Other Comprehensive Income  

Service cost  
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Amortization of net loss  
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost  
Amortization of unrecognized transition (asset) obligation
Net periodic benefit cost  

Net loss (gain)  
Prior service cost  
Transition obligation
Amortization of net gain  
Amortization of prior service cost  
Amortization of transition obligation  

Deferred taxes  
Total recognized in other comprehensive income  
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other 

Pension Benefits 

SERP Benefits 

2008

Transition
2007

2007

2006

2008

2007

2006

$ 

$ 

$ 

442 
279 
(495) 
—
9 
—
235 

$

$

2,361 
— 
— 
— 
(11) 
— 
2,350 
(933) 
1,417 

111 
70 
(124) 
— 
2 
—
59 

$

$

$

(24) 

451 
280 
(395) 
14 
9 
— 
359 

$

$

(1,141) 

—
—
(14) 
(9) 
—

(1,164) 
462
(702) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

424 
252 
(327) 
40
9
(3) 
395 

— 
—
—
—
—
— 
— 
— 
— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

71 
47 
—
—
—
28 
146 

308 
—
— 
—
—
(28) 
280 
(111) 
169 

$ 

$ 

61 
52 
—
—
—
28 
141 

4 
—
(64) 
—
—
(28) 
(88) 
35 
(53) 

65 
55 
—
—
—
28 
148 

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

comprehensive income  

$ 

1,711 

$

35 

$

(343)  $

395 

$ 

315 

$ 

88 

$ 

148 

The estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service costs for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  into  net  periodic  benefit  cost  over  the  next  fiscal  year  are  $88,000,  $0  and  $9,000, 
respectively. The estimated net gain and unrecognized net transition obligation for the SERP that will be amortized from accumulated 
other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $13,000 and $28,000, respectively.  

The Company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2008 and 2007 by asset category are as follows:  

Plan Assets at December 31, 

2008

2007

Asset Category: 

Equity securities  
Debt securities  
Other  

Total  

Investment Policies  

50% 
43% 
7% 
100% 

54%
40%
6%
100%

The New York State Bankers Retirement System (the “System”) was established in 1938 to provide for the payment of benefits to 
employees  of  participating  banks.  The  System  is  overseen  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  (“Trustees”),  who  meet  quarterly,  and  set  the 
investment policy guidelines.  

The  System  utilizes  two  investment  management  firms  (which  will  be  referred  to  as  “Firm  I”  and  “Firm  II”).  Firm  I  is  investing 
approximately 68% of the portfolio and Firm II is investing approximately 32% of the portfolio. The System’s investment objective is 
to exceed the investment benchmarks in each asset category. Each firm operates under a separate written investment policy approved 
by  the  Trustees  and  designed  to  achieve  an  allocation  approximating  60%  invested  in  Equity  Securities  and  40%  invested  in  Debt 
Securities.

Each Firm shall report at least quarterly to the Investment Committee of the System and semi-annually to the Board.  

Equities:  The  target  allocation  percentage  for  equity  securities  is  60%  but  may  vary  from  50%-70%  at  the  investment  manager’s 
discretion.  

Page -44-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Firm  I  is  employed  for  its  expertise  as  a  Value  Manager.  It  is  allowed  to  invest  a  certain  amount  of  the  equity  portfolio  under  its 
management in international securities and to hedge said international securities so as to protect against currency devaluations.

The equities managed by Firm II are in a separately managed Large Cap Core Equity Fund. The portfolio is permitted to invest in a 
diversified  range  of  securities  in  the  United  States  (“US”)  equity  markets.  Although  the  portfolio  holds  primarily  common  stocks, 
from time to time the portfolio may invest in other types of investments on an opportunistic basis. 

Fixed Income: For both investment portfolios, the target allocation percentage for debt securities is 40%, but may vary from 30% to 
50% at the investment manager’s discretion.  

The Fixed Income Portfolio managed by Firm I operates with guidelines relating to types of debt securities, quality ratings, maturities, 
and maximum single and sector allocations.  

The portfolio may trade foreign currencies in both spot and forward markets to affect securities transactions and to hedge underlying 
asset positions. The purchase and sale of futures and options on futures on foreign currencies and on foreign and domestic bonds, bond 
indices and short-term securities is permitted; however, purchases may  not be used to leverage the portfolio. Currency transactions 
may only be used to hedge 0-100% of currency exposure of foreign securities.  

The  Fixed  Income  managed  by  Firm  II  is  a  Core  Bond  Fixed  Income  Fund.  The  portfolio  investments  are  limited  to  U.S.  Dollar 
denominated, fixed income securities and selective derivatives designed to have similar attributes of such fixed income securities. The 
term “fixed income security” is defined to include instruments with fixed, floating, variable, adjustable, auction-rate, zero, or other 
coupon features.  

Expected Long-Term Rate-of-Return  

The  expected  long-term  rate-of-return  on  plan  assets  reflects  long-term  earnings  expectations  on  existing  plan  assets  and  those
contributions  expected  to  be  received  during  the  current  plan  year.  In  estimating  that  rate,  appropriate  consideration  was  given  to 
historical returns earned by plan assets in the fund and the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment. Average rates of 
return  over  the  past  1,  3,  5  and  10-year  periods  were  determined  and  subsequently  adjusted  to  reflect  current  capital  market 
assumptions and changes in investment allocations.  

At December 31, 
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to 

Determine Benefit Obligations 

Discount rate  
Rate of compensation increase  
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to 
Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost 

Discount rate  
Rate of compensation increase  
Expected long-term rate of return  

Contributions 

Pension Benefits 

SERP Benefits 

2008

2007

2006

2008

2007

2006

6.00%   
3.50 

6.00%   
4.00 

5.75%   
4.50 

4.00%   
5.00 

4.52%   
5.00 

4.69%
5.00 

6.00%   
4.00 
7.75 

5.75%   
4.50 
8.00 

5.50%   
4.50 
8.00

4.52%   
5.00 
—

4.69%   
5.00 
—

4.73%
4.00 
—

The Company expects to contribute $400,000 to the pension plan and approximately $290,000 to the SERP plan in 2009.  
Estimated Future Payments 

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid as follows:  

Year 
(In thousands) 
2009  
2010  
2011  
2012  
2013  
Following 5 years  

Pension and SERP Payments 

$

141 
1,739 
198 
212 
219 
1,239 

Page -45-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b) 401(k) Plan  

A  savings  plan  is  maintained  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  covers  substantially  all  current  employees. 
Newly hired employees can elect to participate in the savings plan after completing six months of service. Under the provisions of the 
savings plan, employee contributions are partially matched by the Bank with cash contributions. Participants can invest their account 
balances  into  several  investment  alternatives.  The  savings  plan  does  not  allow  for  investment  in  the  Company’s  common  stock. 
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 the Bank made cash contributions of $189,000, $140,000, and $128,000, 
respectively.

c) Equity Incentive Plan  

During 2006, the Bridge Bancorp, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) was approved by the shareholders to provide for the grant of 
options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company and for the award of shares of common stock. The plan supersedes the 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan that was approved in 1996 and amended in 2001. Of the total 620,000 shares of common
stock approved for issuance under the Plan, 477,787 shares remain available for issuance at December 31, 2008.  

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors determines options awarded under the Plan. The Company accounts for this 
Plan under SFAS 123(R).  

The  fair  value  of  each  option  granted  is  estimated  on  the  date  of  the  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with  the 
following weighted average assumptions:  

For the Year Ended 
Risk free interest rate 
Expected dividend yield 
Expected volatility 
Expected life (in years) 

2008 
—
—
—
—

2007 
— 
— 
— 
— 

2006 
4.70% 
3.67 
20.2 
6.0 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock options as of December 31, 2008 follows: 

Outstanding, December 31, 2007 

Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Expired 
Outstanding, December 31, 2008 
Vested or expected to vest 
Exercisable, December 31, 2008 

Range of Exercise Prices 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

6.28 years 
6.20 years 
5.89 years 

$  83,790 
$  83,790 
$  83,790 

Number
of
Options
100,415 

—

(13,683) 
(5,527) 
—
81,205 
77,394 
60,648 

Number
of
Shares 
8,400 
11,100 
8,659 
47,643 
5,403 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
21.72 

— 
14.67 
25.27 
— 
22.67 
22.54 
21.76 

$

$
$

$
$
$

Price 
12.53 
$
15.47 
$
24.00 
$
$
25.25 
$ 26.55-30.60 

The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2008 is the same because the options that are 
unvested have no intrinsic value.  

Page -46-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of activity related to the stock options follows:  

December 31, 
(In thousands, except for per share data) 

Intrinsic value of options exercised 
Cash received from options exercised 
Tax benefit realized from option exercises 
Weighted average fair value of options granted 

2008 

2007 

2006 

$

$

75 
— 
19 
—

130 
124 
25 
— 

$ 

$ 

180 
49 
21 
4.45 

During the year ended December 31, 2006 the Company granted 63,983 options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company. 
These options vest ratably over five years beginning December 31, 2006 and have a 10 year contractual term. The Company did not
grant any stock options in 2008 and 2007. Compensation expense attributable to these options was $ 39,000, $44,000 and $68,000 for 
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were $133,000, 
$173,000 and $217,000, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested stock options granted under the 
Plan.

A summary of the status of the Company’s shares of unvested restricted stock as of December 31, 2008 follows:  

Unvested, December 31, 2007 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Unvested, September 30, 2008 

Weighted
Average Grant-
Date
Fair Value
24.82 
20.86 
25.41 
24.13 
21.55 

Shares
36,673 
78,970 
(12,673) 
(7,400) 
95,570 

$
$
$
$
$

The  Company’s  Equity  Incentive  Plan  also  provides  for  issuance  of  restricted  stock  awards.  During  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2008, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 78,970 shares. These awards vest over five years with a third vesting after three 
years, four years and five years. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 22,000
shares.  These  awards  vest  over  five  years  with  a  third  vesting  after  three  years,  four  years  and  five  years.  During  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2006,  the  Company  granted  restricted  stock  awards  of  15,987  shares.  These  awards  cliff  vested  as  of  December  31, 
2008. Such shares are subject to restrictions based on continued service as employees of the Company or employees of subsidiaries of 
the Company. Compensation expense attributable to these awards was approximately $393,000, $200,000 and $51,000 for the years 
ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31,
2008,  2007  and  2006  was  $286,000,  $50,000  and  $85,000,  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2008,  2007,  and  2006  there  was 
$1,924,000,  $733,000  and  $411,000,  respectively,  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  costs  related  to  nonvested  restricted  stock
awards granted under the Plan.  

10. EARNINGS PER SHARE  

The following is a reconciliation of earnings per share for December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:  

For the Year Ended December 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)

Net Income 

Common Equivalent Shares: 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding 
Weighted Average Common Equivalent Shares Outstanding
Weighted Average Common and Equivalent Shares Outstanding

Basic Earnings per Share 
Diluted Earnings per Share 

2008 

2007 

2006 

$ 8,750 

$ 8,294 

$  8,168 

6,076 
23 
6,099 

6,072 
20 
6,092 

6,139 
20 
6,159 

$
$

1.44 
1.43 

$
$

1.37 
1.36 

$ 
$ 

1.33 
1.33 

Page -47-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There are 61,705 options outstanding at December 31, 2008 that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share 
because  the  options’  exercise  prices  were greater  than  the  average  market  price  of  common  stock  and were,  therefore,  antidilutive. 
There are 95,570 shares of unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2008 with a grant price higher than the average market price of 
the common stock.  

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS  

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  there  are  various  outstanding  commitments  and  contingent  liabilities,  such  as  claims  and  legal
actions, minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases, guarantees and commitments to extend credit, which
are  not  reflected  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.  No  material  losses  are  anticipated  as  a  result  of  these
commitments and contingencies.

a) Leases  

The Company is obligated to make minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases for its premises. Projected
minimum rentals under existing leases are as follows:  

December 31, 2008 
(In thousands) 

2009  $
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
Thereafter 

Total minimum rentals  $

849
691
501
478
438
3,019
5,976

Certain leases contain renewal options and rent escalation clauses. In addition, certain leases provide for additional payments based 
upon real estate taxes, interest and other charges. Rental expenses under these leases for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 
2006 approximated $659,000, $584,000, and $516,000, respectively.  

b) Loan commitments  

Some  financial  instruments,  such  as  loan  commitments,  credit  lines,  letters  of  credit,  and  overdraft  protection,  are  issued  to  meet 
customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in 
the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk of credit 
loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to 
make  such  commitments  as  are  used  for  loans,  often  including  obtaining  collateral  at  exercise  of  the  commitment.  The  following 
represents commitments outstanding:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Standby letters of credit 
Loan commitments outstanding (1)
Unused lines of credit 
Total commitments outstanding 

2008 

2007 

$

$

1,781 
27,752 
103,237 
132,770 

$

$

3,016 
23,452 
106,207 
132,675 

(1) Of the $27.8 million of loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2008, $3.6 million are fixed rate  
      commitments and $24.2 million are variable rate commitments  

c) Other  

During 2008, the Bank was required to maintain certain cash balances with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for reserve and 
clearing requirements. The required cash balance at December 31, 2008 was $3.9 million.  

During  2008,  2007  and  2006,  the  Bank  maintained  an  overnight  line  of  credit  with  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  New  York 
(“FHLB”).  The  Bank  has  the  ability  to  borrow  against  its  unencumbered  residential  and  commercial  mortgages  and  investment 
securities  owned  by  the  Bank.  At  December  31,  2008,  the  Bank  had  aggregate  lines  of  credit  of  $217.5  million  with  unaffiliated 
correspondent  banks  to  provide  short-term  credit  for  liquidity  requirements.  Of  these  aggregate  lines  of  credit,  $197.5  million  is 
available on an unsecured basis. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank had $70.9 million in such borrowings outstanding.  

Page -48-

   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  March  2001,  the  Bank  entered  into  a  Master  Repurchase  Agreement  with  the  FHLB  whereby  the  FHLB  agrees  to  purchase 
securities from the Bank, upon the Bank’s request, with the simultaneous agreement to sell the same or similar securities back to the 
Bank  at  a  future  date.  Securities  are  limited,  under  the  agreement,  to  government  securities,  securities  issued,  guaranteed  or 
collateralized by any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government or any government sponsored enterprise, and non-agency AA
and  AAA  rated  mortgage-backed  securities.  At  December  31,  2008,  there  was  $79.2  million  available  for  transactions  under  this 
agreement.  

The  Bank  had  $15.0  million  of  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2008  and  a  $30.0 
million advance that was collateralized by securities outstanding as of December 31, 2008 (See Notes 6 and 7).  

12. ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This 
Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. 
This Statement establishes a fair value hierarchy about the assumptions used to measure fair value and clarifies assumptions about risk 
and the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 
2007. In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position (FSP) 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157. This FSP delays the 
effective date of FAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair 
value on a recurring basis (at least annually) to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal 
years. The impact of adoption was not material.  

Statement 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the 
use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair 
value:  

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the 
measurement date.  

Level  2:  Significant  other  observable  inputs  other  than  Level  1  prices  such  as  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities;  quoted 
prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.  

Level  3:  Significant  unobservable  inputs  that  reflect  a  reporting  entity’s  own  assumptions  about  the  assumptions  that  market 
participants would use in pricing and asset or liability.  

The fair value of securities available for sale is determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges 
(Level  1  inputs)  or  matrix  pricing,  which  is  a  mathematical  technique  widely  used  in  the  industry  to  value  debt  securities  without 
relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark 
quoted securities (Level 2 inputs).  

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis  

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:  
(In thousands)  

Fair Value Measurements Using 

Quoted Prices In
Active Markets 
for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

December 31,
2008

Assets:
Available for sale securities 

$ 

310,695 

$

310,695 

Fair value estimates are made at specific points in time and are based on existing on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Such 
estimates are generally subjective in nature and dependent upon a number of significant assumptions associated with each financial 
instrument or group of financial instruments, including estimates of discount rates, risks associated with specific financial instruments, 
estimates  of  future  cash  flows,  and  relevant  available  market  information.  Changes  in  assumptions  could  significantly  affect  the
estimates. In addition, fair value estimates do not reflect the value of anticipated future business, premiums or discounts that could 
result  from  offering  for  sale at  one  time  the  Bank’s  entire  holdings of a  particular  financial  instrument,  or  the  tax  consequences  of 
realizing gains or losses on the sale of financial instruments. 

Page -49-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company used the following method and assumptions in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments: 

Cash  and  Due  from  Banks  and  Federal  Funds  Sold:  Carrying  amounts  approximate  fair  value,  since  these  instruments  are  either 
payable on demand or have short-term maturities.  

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity: The estimated fair values are based on independent dealer quotations on nationally 
recognized  securities  exchanges  or  matrix  pricing,  which  is  a  mathematical  technique  widely  used  in  the  industry  to  value  debt 
securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to 
other benchmark quoted securities.  

Restricted  Stock:  It  is  not  practicable  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  FHLB  and  FRB  stock  due  to  restrictions  placed  on  its 
transferability.  

Loans:  The  estimated  fair  values  of  real  estate  mortgage  loans  and  other  loans  receivable  are  based  on  discounted  cash  flow 
calculations that use available market benchmarks when establishing discount factors for the types of loans. All nonaccrual loans are 
carried at their current fair value. Exceptions may be made for adjustable rate loans (with resets of one year or less), which would be 
discounted straight to their rate index plus or minus an appropriate spread.  

Deposits: The estimated fair value of certificates of deposits are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement 
cost  of  funds  approach  to  establishing  discount  rates  for  certificates  of  deposits  maturities.  Stated  value  is  fair  value  for  all  other 
deposits.  

Borrowed Funds and Brokered Deposits: The estimated fair value of borrowed funds and wholesale certificates of deposit are based
on  discounted  cash  flow  calculations  that  use  a  replacement  cost  of  funds  approach  to  establishing  discount  rates  for  funding 
maturities.  

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable: For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of the fair 
value.  

Off-Balance-Sheet  Liabilities:  The  fair  value  of  off-balance-sheet  commitments  to  extend  credit  is  estimated  using  fees  currently 
charged to enter into similar agreements. The fair value is immaterial as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. 

The estimated fair values and recorded carrying values of the Bank’s financial instruments are as follows:  

December 31, 

(In thousands) 
Financial Assets: 

Cash and due from banks 
Interest bearing deposits with banks 
Securities available for sale 
Securities restricted 
Securities held to maturity 
Loans, net 
Accrued interest receivable 

Financial liabilities: 

Demand and other deposits 
Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight 

borrowings 

Federal Home Loan Bank term advances 
Repurchase agreements 
Accrued interest payable 

Off Balance- Sheet Liabilities Commitments to extend credit

13. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS  

2008 

2007 

Carrying
Amount

Fair
Value

Carrying
Amount

$

$

24,744 
4,141 
310,695 
3,800 
43,444 
425,730 
3,626 

$

24,744 
4,141 
310,695 
n/a 
43,890 
437,265 
3,626 

$ 

14,213  
135 
187,384 
2,387 
5,836 
372,282 
2,707 

Fair
Value

14,213 
135 
187,384 
n/a 
5,844 
378,698 
2,707 

659,085 

660,176 

508,909 

508,747 

70,900 
30,000 
15,000 
672 

—

70,882 
29,998 
15,368 
672 

—

7,000 
10,000 
25,000 
641 

—

7,000 
10,000 
25,000 
641 

—

The  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  the  federal  banking  agencies. 
Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  result  in  certain  mandatory  and  possibly  additional  discretionary  actions  by 
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital 
adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital 

Page -50-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
requirements that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items 
calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classifications also are subject to 
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum
amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as 
defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2008, that the 
Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements with which it must comply.  

As of December 31, 2008, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well
capitalized”  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.  To  be  categorized  as  “well  capitalized,”  the  Bank  must
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. Since that notification, there 
are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the institution’s category.  

The Company and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:  

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Consolidated)
As of December 31,
(Dollars In thousands)

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) 

As of December 31, 
(Dollars In thousands) 

2008

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

Actual 

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount
$ 58,360 
  54,288 
  54,288 

Actual

11.1%  $ 42,137 
10.3%    21,068 
6.9%    31,304 

2007

For Capital 
Adequacy 
Purposes

  Amount

  Ratio 

  Amount

  Ratio 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions 
Ratio

Amount
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

8.0%   
4.0%   
4.0%   

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

To Be Well 
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
  Ratio 

  Amount

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk Weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) 

$ 53,950 
  50,877 
  50,877 

12.1%  $ 35,542 
11.5%    17,771 
8.4%    24,347 

8.0 %   
4.0 %   
4.0 %   

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

Bridgehampton National Bank
As of December 31,
(Dollars In thousands)

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) 

As of December 31, 
(In thousands) 

2008

For Capital 
Adequacy 
Purposes

Actual 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions 
Ratio

Amount
$ 55,431 
  51,359 
  51,359 

Ratio

Amount

10.5%  $ 42,130 
9.8%    21,065 
6.6%    31,279 

Ratio

Amount
8.0%  $  52,662 
4.0%    31,597 
4.0%    39,099 

10.0%
6.0%
5.0%

2007

For Capital 
Adequacy 
Purposes

Actual

  Amount

  Ratio 

  Amount

  Ratio 

To Be Well 
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
  Ratio 

  Amount

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) 

$ 47,860 
  44,906 
  44,906 

10.8%  $ 35,524 
10.1%    17,762 
7.4%    24,338 

8.0 %  $  44,405 
4.0 %    26,643 
4.0 %    30,423 

10.0%
6.0%
5.0%

Page -51-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2008 

2007 

$

$

4,309 
— 
83 
53,210 
57,602 

$

$

5,751 
1,406 
221 
45,137 
52,515 

$

1,423 

$

1,406 

40
1,463 

56,139 
57,602 

$

2008 

3,000 
149 

—
1,406 

51,109 
52,515 

2007 

11,029 
1 

$ 

$

$

2,851 

11,028 

(50) 
2,901 
5,849 
8,750 

$

—
11,028 
(2,734) 
8,294 

$ 

2006 

9,482 
1 

9,481 

—
9,481 
(1,313)
8,168 

14. BRIDGE BANCORP, INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)  

Condensed Balance Sheets  

December 31,
(In thousands) 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents  
Dividend receivable from the Bank  
Other assets  
Investment in the Bank  

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Liabilities  
Dividends payable  

Other liabilities  

Total Liabilities 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Condensed Statements of Income  

Year ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Dividends from the Bank  
Non interest expenses  
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of 

the Bank  

Income tax benefit  
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank 
Equity in undistributed (overdistributed) earnings of the Bank 
Net income  

$

$

Page -52-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows  

Year ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Operating Activities: 

2008 

2007 

2006 

Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

$

8,750 

$  8,294 

$

8,168 

Equity in (undistributed) overdistributed earnings of the Bank 
Income tax benefit from exercise of employee stock options 
Decrease in other assets  
Increase (Decrease) in other liabilities  
Net cash provided by operating activities  

Cash flows used by financing activities: 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options 
Payment for the purchase of treasury stock  
Dividends paid  
Net cash used by financing activities  

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  

15. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)  

(5,849) 
19 
1,229 
57 
4,206 

2,734 
25 
172 
(13) 
  11,212 

—  
—
(5,648) 
(5,648) 

149 
— 
(5,612) 
(5,463) 

(1,442) 

5,749 

5,751 
4,309 

2 
$  5,751 

$

$

Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related tax effects were as follows:  

Year  Ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Unrealized holding gains on available for sale Securities 
Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in Income 
Tax effect  
Net change in unrealized gain on available for sale 

$

Securities

Change in post-retirement obligation  
Tax effect  
Net change in post-retirement obligation  

2008 

2007 

5,314  $
—  

(2,110) 

$

2,802 
101 
(1,165) 

3,204 

(2,629) 
1,044 
(1,585) 

1,738 

1,252 
(497) 
755 

Total  

$

1,619  $

2,493 

$

The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income balances, net of tax: 

1,313 
21 
602 
(545)
9,559 

70 
(4,039)
(5,668)
(9,637)

(78)

80 
2 

2006

1,134
289
(572)

851

—
—
—

851

(In thousands) 

Unrealized gains on available for sale securities 
Unrealized gain (loss) on pension benefits  
Total  

$

$

213
19
232

$

$

3,204 
(1,585) 
1,619 

$

$

3,417
(1,566)
1,851

Balance as of
December 31, 
2007

Current Period
Change

Balance as of
December 31, 
2008

Page -53-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)  

Selected Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data  

2008 Quarter Ended, 
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Interest income  
Interest expense  
Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses  
Non interest income  
Non interest expenses  
Income before income taxes  
Income tax expense  
Net income  
Basic earnings per share  
Diluted earnings per share  

2007 Quarter Ended, 
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Interest income  
Interest expense  
Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses  
Non interest income  
Non interest expenses  
Income before income taxes  
Income tax expense  
Net income  
Basic earnings per share  
Diluted earnings per share  

March 31,

June 30,

September 30, December 31,

$

$
$
$

$

$
$
$

9,194 
2,546 
6,648 
200 
6,448 
1,446 
4,989 
2,905 
935 
1,970 
0.32 
0.32 

March 31, 

8,556 
2,769 
5,787 
45 
5,742 
1,234 
4,480 
2,496 
747 
1,749 
0.29 
0.29 

$

$
$
$

$

$
$
$

9,558  $ 
2,248 
7,310 
325 
6,985 
1,609 
5,283 
3,311 
1,076 
2,235  $ 
0.37  $ 
0.37  $ 

10,075  $ 
2,266 
7,809 
550 
7,259 
1,677 
5,401 
3,535 
1,179 
2,356  $ 
0.39  $ 
0.39  $ 

10,793 
2,429 
8,364 
925 
7,439 
1,332 
5,484 
3,287 
1,098 
2,189 
0.36 
0.36 

June 30, 

September 30,  December 31, 

8,862  $ 
2,707 
6,155 
50 
6,105 
1,541 
4,376 
3,270 
1,063 
2,207  $ 
0.36  $ 
0.36  $ 

9,309  $ 
2,496 
6,813 
150 
6,663 
1,541 
4,627 
3,577 
1,255 
2,322  $ 
0.38  $ 
0.38  $ 

9,137 
2,465 
6,672 
355 
6,317 
1,362 
4,685 
2,994 
978 
2,016 
0.33 
0.33 

Page -54-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Audit Committee 
Board of Directors 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 
Bridgehampton, New York  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the 
related statements of consolidated income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 
December 31, 2008. We also have audited Bridge Bancorp, Inc’s. internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008,
based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.’s  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for 
maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Report  By  Management  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our 
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial  statements  and  an  opinion  on  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc’s  internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material  misstatement  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our 
audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness  of  internal  control,  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the 
three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2008  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America.  Also  in  our  opinion,  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  

Livingston, New Jersey  
March 10, 2009  

Crowe Horwath LLP 

Page -55-

 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None.  

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Principal
Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer,  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  the  Company’s  disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of 
December  31,  2008.  Based  on  that  evaluation,  the  Company’s  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Chief  Financial  Officer 
concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by the annual
report.  

Report By Management On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (“the Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective system of internal 
control over financial reporting. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal 
control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, 
even an effective system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial 
statement preparation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. This assessment was based 
on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  this  assessment,  management  believes  that,  as  of 
December 31, 2008, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting based on those criteria.  

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm  that audited the financial statements that are included in this annual 
report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report 
of Crowe Horwath LLP appears on the previous page.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the year that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Item 9B. Other Information

None.  

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

“Item  1  –  Election  of  Directors,”  “Compliance  with  Section  16  (a)  of  the  Exchange  Act,”  and  “Code  of  Ethics”  set  forth  in  the 
Registrant’s  Proxy  Statement  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  to  be  held  on  April  24,  2009,  are  incorporated  herein  by 
reference.  

Item 11. Executive Compensation

“Compensation  of  Directors,”  “Compensation  of  Executive  Officers,”  “Report  of  the  Compensation  Committee  on  Executive 
Compensation,”  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  and  “Employment  Contracts  and  Severance 
Agreements” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2009, are
incorporated herein by reference.  

Page -56-

Item  12.  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters 

“Beneficial Ownership” and “Item 1 – Election of Directors”, set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2009, are incorporated herein by reference.  

Set  forth  below  is  certain  information  as  of  December  31,  2008,  regarding  the  Company’s  equity  compensation  plan  that  has  been 
approved by stockholders.  

Equity Compensation
Plan approved by
Stockholders
1996 Equity Incentive Plan
2006 Equity Incentive Plan
Total

Number of securities to
be Issued upon
Exercise
of outstanding options
and awards
34,562
142,213
176,775

Weighted Average
Exercise Price with
respect to 
Outstanding
Stock Options
19.01
25.25
22.67

$
$
$

Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for
Issuance under the Plan
—
477,787
477,787

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, and “Director Nominations” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2009, is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

“Item 2 - Ratification of the Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” “Fees Paid to Crowe Horwath,” and 
“Policy on Audit Committee Pre-approval of Audit and Non-audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” set 
forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2009, is incorporated herein 
by reference.  

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)  The  following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  including  notes  thereto,  and  financial  schedules  of  the  Company,  required in 
response to this item are included in Part II, Item 8.  

1. 

Financial Statements 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

2. 

Financial Statement Schedules 

Page No. 

30
31
32
33
34 
55

Financial  Statement  Schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they  are  not  applicable  or  the  required  information  is  shown  in  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”  

3. 

Exhibits.  

See Index of Exhibits on page 59. 

Page -57-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

March 12, 2009 

March 12, 2009 

March 12, 2009 

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC. 
Registrant 

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor 
Kevin M. O’Connor 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Howard H. Nolan 
Howard H. Nolan 
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial 
Officer and Treasurer 

/s/ Sarah K. Quinn 
Sarah K. Quinn 
Vice President, Controller and Principal 
Accounting Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

March 12, 2009 

March 12, 2009 

March 12, 2009 

March 12, 2009 

March 12, 2009 

March 12, 2009 

March 12, 2009 

March 12, 2009 

March 12, 2009 

March 12, 2009 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

/s/ Marcia Z. Hefter 
Marcia Z. Hefter 

/s/ Dennis A. Suskind 
Dennis A. Suskind 

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor 
Kevin M. O’Connor 

/s/ Emanuel Arturi 
Emanuel Arturi 

/s/ Thomas E. Halsey 
Thomas E. Halsey 

/s/ R. Timothy Maran 
R. Timothy Maran 

/s/ Charles I. Massoud 
Charles I. Massoud 

/s/ Albert E. McCoy Jr. 
Albert E. McCoy Jr. 

/s/ Howard H. Nolan 
Howard H. Nolan 

/s/ Thomas J. Tobin 
Thomas J. Tobin 

Page -58-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number

Description of Exhibit

Exhibit 

3.1 

3.1(i) 

3.1(ii) 

3.2 

10.1 

10.2

10.3 

10.5 

10.6 

23

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s 
amended Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed October 15, 1990) 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated 
by reference to Registrant’s Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed August 13, 1999) 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated 
by reference to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, File No. 0-18546, filed November 
18, 2008) 

Revised By-laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File 
No. 0-18546, filed December 17, 2007) 

  Amended and Restated Employment Contract - Thomas J. Tobin (incorporated by reference 

to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 9, 2007) 

  Amended and Restated Employment Contract – Howard H. Nolan executed on December 16, 

2008 

Employment Contract – Kevin M. O’Connor (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 
8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 9, 2007) 

Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form S-8, File No. 0-18546, 
filed August 14, 2006) 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Revised for 409A) (incorporated by reference to 
Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 0-18546, filed March 14, 2008) 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-
14(b) and U.S.C. Section 1350 

* 

Denotes incorporated by reference. 

Page -59-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 10.2

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This  Employment  Agreement  (“Agreement”)  was  originally  made  and  entered  into  as  of  the  26th  day  of  June,  2006 
(“Effective Date”), by and between Bridgehampton National Bank, a bank organized and existing under the laws of the United States
of America and having its executive offices at 2200 Montauk Highway, Bridgehampton, New York (“Bank”), Bridge Bancorp, Inc., 
the  holding  company  for  the  Bank  (the  “Company”),  and  Howard  H.  Nolan  (“Executive”).  The  Agreement  is  hereby  amended 
effective as of January 1, 2008, as provided below, in order to conform the Agreement to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, 
as amended (the “Code”) and the final regulations (the “Final Regulations”) promulgated thereunder, and for certain other purposes.

WITNESSETH: 

WHEREAS, Executive has been offered a position as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the 

Bank and the Company;  

WHEREAS,  the  Executive  is  willing  to  accept  the  offer  of  employment  on  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  this 

Agreement; and  

WHEREAS,  Code  Section  409A  deems  certain  severance  and  other  payments  to  Executive  herein  to  be  nonqualified 
deferred  compensation  that  must  comply  with  its  terms  or  subject  Executive  to  additional  taxes  and  penalties,  and  the  Bank,  the
Company and Executive wish to update the Agreement to comply with Code Section 409A and the Final Regulations and for certain 
other purposes.  

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the 

Bank, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as follows:  

1. Employment Period.

(a) Three Year Contract. The Executive’s period of employment with the Bank under the terms of this Agreement shall begin 
on the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of thirty-six months thereafter (the “Employment Period”). Unless extended, the 
Employment Period shall end on the date that is thirty-six (36) months after the Effective Date. On or prior to the second anniversary 
date of the Effective Date, the Bank and the Company shall notify the Executive in writing whether the Employment Period will be
extended and for what period, if any, the Employment Period will be extended.  

(b) Annual Performance Evaluation. On a calendar year basis, the Bank and/or the Company (acting through the full Board or 
a committee thereof) shall conduct an annual performance evaluation of the Executive, the results of which shall be included in the 
minutes of the Board or committee meeting and communicated to the Executive. The first such annual performance evaluation shall
occur in January 2007.  

(c)  Continued  Employment  Following  Termination  of  Employment  Period.  Nothing  in  this  Agreement  shall  mandate  or 

prohibit a continuation of the Executive’s employment following the expiration of the Employment Period.  

2. Duties.

(a) Title; Responsibility. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as the Senior Executive Vice President 
and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the  Bank  and  Company,  and  shall  perform  such  administrative  and  management  services  as 
customarily  performed  by  person  in  a  similar  executive  capacity  and  as  may  be  directed  from  time  to  time  by  the  CEO  and/or  the 
Board.  In  his  capacity  as  Senior  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer,  the  Executive  shall  directly  report  to  the
President and Chief Executive Officer and to the Board of Directors. The Executive shall also be appointed as a member of the Board 
of Directors of the Bank and the Company, subject in the case of the Company to election by the shareholders.  

(b) Time Commitment. The Executive shall devote his full business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Bank 

and the Company and shall use his best efforts to advance the interests of the Bank and Company.  

3. Annual Compensation.

(a) Annual Salary. In consideration for the services performed by the Executive under this Agreement, the Bank shall pay to 
the  Executive  an  annual  salary  (“Base  Salary”)  of  not  less  than  $200,000.  The  Base  Salary  shall  be  paid  in  approximately  equal 
installments in accordance with the Bank’s customary payroll practices. The Bank shall review the Executive’s Base Salary at least 
annually and such Base Salary may be increased, but may not be decreased without the Executive’s consent (any increase in Base 

Page -60-

Salary shall become the new “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement). The first such annual review of Executive’s Base Salary 
shall occur in January 2007.  

(b) Board Meeting Fees. For his attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Company (but not for 
committee meetings), the Executive shall receive such fees as are paid to directors of the Bank and the Company for such attendance.  

(c)  Incentive  Compensation.  The  Executive  shall  be  eligible  to  participate  in  any  incentive  compensation  programs 
established by  the  Bank  and/or  the  Company  from  time  to  time  for senior  executive  officers,  in  accordance with  the  terms  of  such
plans as they may exist from time to time.  

(d) Equity Compensation. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any equity compensation programs established by 
the  Bank  and/or  the  Company  from  time  to  time  for  senior  executive  officers,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  2006  Stock-Based
Incentive Plan.  

Nothing paid to Executive under any plan, program or arrangement referenced in (c) or (d) above shall be deemed to be in 

lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.  

4. Employee Benefit Plans; Paid Time Off

(a) Benefit Plans. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be an employee of the Bank and shall be entitled to 
participate in the Bank’s (i) tax-qualified retirement plans (i.e., the defined benefit plan and 401(k) plan; (ii) the Bank’s Supplemental 
Executive  Retirement  Plan;  (iii)  group  life,  health  and  disability  insurance  plans;  and  (iv)  any  other  employee  benefit  plans  and
programs  in  accordance  with  the  Bank’s  customary  practices,  provided  he  is  a  member  of  the  class  of  employees  authorized  to 
participate in such plans or programs.  

(b) Paid Time Off. The Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the Employment Period, as well as 

sick leave, holidays and other paid absences, in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for executive employees.  

5. Outside Activities and Board Memberships

During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, provide services on behalf of any financial
institution,  any  insurance  company  or  agency,  any  mortgage  or  loan  broker  or  any  other  entity  or  on  behalf  of  any  subsidiary  or
affiliate of any such entity engaged in the financial services industry, as an employee, consultant, independent contractor, agent, sole 
proprietor, partner, joint venturer, corporate officer or director; nor shall the Executive acquire by reason of purchase during the term 
of this Agreement the ownership of more than 5% of the outstanding equity interest in any such entity. Subject to the foregoing, and to 
the Executive’s right to continue to serve as an officer and/or director or trustee of any business organization as to which he was so 
serving on the Effective Date of this Agreement (as described in an attachment to this Agreement), the Executive may serve on boards 
of directors of unaffiliated, for-profit business corporations, subject to Board approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and 
such services shall be presumed for these purposes to be for the benefit of the Bank and the Company. Except as specifically set forth 
herein,  the  Executive  may  engage  in  personal  business  and  investment  activities,  including  real  estate  investments  and  personal
investments in the stocks, securities and obligations of other financial institutions (or their holding companies). Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, in no event shall the Executive’s outside activities, services, personal business and investments materially interfere with the 
performance of his duties under this Agreement.  

6. Working Facilities and Expenses

(a) Working Facilities. The Executive’s principal place of employment shall be at the Bank’s principal executive office or at 

such other location upon which the Bank and the Executive may mutually agree.  

(b) Expenses.

(1) Ordinary Expenses. The Bank shall reimburse the Executive for his ordinary and necessary business expenses, 
incurred in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon presentation to the Bank of an itemized account 
of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably require. Any such expenses shall be reimbursed no later than two and one-
half months following the end of the year in whch the expense was incurred.  

(2) Automobile. The Bank shall provide the Executive with an automobile suitable to the Executive’s position and 
such  automobile  may  be  used  by  the  Executive  in  carrying out his duties  under  this Agreement,  including  commuting between his 
residence and his principal place of employment and other personal use. The Bank shall be responsible for the cost of maintenance and 
servicing such automobile and for insurance, gasoline and oil for such automobile. The Executive shall be responsible for the payment
of any taxes on account of his personal use of such automobile.  

Page -61-

7. Termination of Employment with Bank Liability

(a)  Reasons  for  Termination.  In  the  event  that  the  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Bank  and/or  the  Company  shall 
terminate during the Employment Period on account of any of the events set forth in Sections 7(a)(i) or 7(a)(ii) below (an “Event of 
Termination”):  

(i)  

The  Executive’s  voluntary  resignation  from  employment  with  the  Bank  and  the  Company  after  the 
occurrence  of  any  of  the  following  events  without  Executive’s  consent,  such  that  the  Executive’s 
resignation shall be treated as a resignation for “Good Reason,” provided that for purposes of this Section 
7(a)(i),  the  Executive  must  provide  not  greater  than  ninety  (90)  days’  written  notice  to  the  Bank  of  the 
initial existence of such condition and the Bank shall have thirty (30) days to cure the condition giving rise 
to the Event of Termination (but the Bank may elect to waive such thirty (30) day period):  

(A) 

(B) 

(C) 

the failure to re-appoint the Executive to the officer position set forth under Section 2(a) and/or, 
the failure of Executive to be appointed to the Board of Directors of the Bank, and with respect to 
the Executive’s service as a director of the Company, the failure to re-nominate the Executive for 
election to the Board;  

a material change in Executive’s functions, duties, or responsibilities, which change would cause 
Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope;  

a liquidation or dissolution of the Bank or the Company other than a liquidation or dissolution that 
is caused by a reorganization that does not affect the status of the Executive;  

(D) 

a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank and/or the Company; or  

(E) 

the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to an office other than one located in 
Southampton, East Hampton, Shelter Island, Southhold or Riverhead, New York.  

(ii) 

the involuntary termination of the Executive’s employment by the Bank and/or the Company for any reason 
other  than:  for  “Cause”  as  defined  in  Section  8(a);  for  “Disability”  as  set  forth  in  Section  7(d)  below; 
following  a  Change  in  Control,  as  set  forth  in  Section  7(c)  below;  or  as  a  result  of  the  death  of  the 
Executive, provided  that  such  termination of  employment  constitutes  a “Separation from  Service” within 
the meaning of Section 409A and the Final Regulations thereunder,  

then the Bank shall provide the benefits and pay to the Executive the amounts provided for under Section 7(b).  

(b) Severance Pay. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7(e) below, upon an Event of Termination, the Bank shall 
pay to the Executive (or, in the event of the Executive’s death after the event described in Section 7(a) has occurred, the Bank shall 
pay to the Executive’s surviving spouse, beneficiary or estate) an amount equal to the following:  

(i)  

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

(v) 

his earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of his termination of employment with the Bank; 

the benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a former employee under the Bank’s employee benefit plans; 

if  the  Event  of  Termination  occurs  within  the  first  18  months  following  the  Effective  Date  (the  “Initial 
Period”),  continued  non-taxable  group  health  and  medical  insurance  benefits  (on  the  same  terms  as  such 
benefits are made available to other executive employees of the Bank) for the greater of six months or the 
remainder of the Initial Period;  

if the Event of Termination occurs following the “Initial Period”, continued non-taxable group health and 
medical  insurance  benefits  (on  the  same  terms  as  such  benefits  are  made  available  to  other  executive 
employees of the Bank) for the greater of six months or the remainder of the Employment Period; 

if  the  Event  of  Termination  occurs  within  the  Initial  Period,  a  lump  sum  cash  payment,  as  liquidated 
damages, in an amount equal to the greater of (a) the Base Salary that the Executive would have earned if 
he had continued working for the Bank for the remainder of the Initial Period; or (b) one-half of his annual 
Base Salary; and  

Page -62-

(vi) 

if  the  Event  of  Termination  occurs  following  the  Initial  Period,  a  lump  sum  cash  payment,  as  liquidated 
damages, in an amount equal to the greater of (a) the Base Salary that the Executive would have earned if 
he had continued working for the Bank for the remainder of the Employment Period; or (b) one-half of his 
annual Base Salary.  

(c) Change in Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 9 of this Agreement), the Bank 
and/or the Company shall provide: (i) continuing non-taxable group health and medical insurance benefits to Executive (on the same
terms as such benefits were made available to other executive employees of the Bank immediately prior to the Change in Control) for 
a  period  of  36  months  following  Executive’s  termination  of  employment  at  any  time;  and  regardless  of  whether  Executive  has  a 
termination  of  employment  in  connection  with  a  Change  in  Control,  (ii)  a  lump  sum  cash  payment  to  Executive,  as  liquidated 
damages,  in  an  amount  equal  to  2.99  times  Executive’s  “Base  Amount,”  as  determined  in  accordance  with  Section  280G  of  the 
Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  “Code”)  and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder  (the  “280G  Regulations”), 
provided,  however,  that  for  purposes  of  such  calculations,  (A)  Executive’s  “Base  Period”  under  Code  Section  280G  and  the  280G 
Regulations shall be deemed to commence as of the Effective Date of the Agreement, and (B) if Executive’s Base Period includes a
short taxable year or less than all of a taxable year, compensation for such short or incomplete taxable year shall be annualized.

(d) Disability.

(i) In the event that during the term of this Agreement, Executive is unable to perform his duties hereunder because 
he is disabled within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the Final Regulations (a “Disability”), the Executive shall be entitled to 
any and all benefits under the Bank’s short-term and/or long-term disability insurance plan. During the first twenty-four (24) months 
following  termination  of  employment  for  Disability,  the  Bank  and/or  the  Company  shall  provide  a  supplemental  monthly  cash 
payment  to  Executive  such  that  the  payments  received  by  Executive  on  a  monthly  basis,  from  both  disability  insurance  and  this 
supplemental  payment  shall  equal  the  monthly  rate  of  after-tax  Base  Salary  being  paid  to  Executive  immediately  prior  to  such 
termination  (the  insurance  payments  may  be  taken  into  account  on  a  tax-adjusted  basis  if  such  payment  are  not  subject  to  federal
and/or state taxes).  

(ii) Upon termination of Executive’s employment because of Disability, the Executive shall be entitled continuing 
non-taxable group health and medical insurance benefits for a period of twenty-four months following such termination, on the same 
terms as such benefits are made available to other executive employees of Disability.  

(e) Timing of Severance Pay. Except as otherwise provided herein, payment of severance benefits to Executive under Section 
7(b) or 7(c) hereof generally shall commence within thirty (30) days of the event that triggers such distribution. Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, to the extent required to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A and the Final Regulations thereunder, if the Executive is 
a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the Final Regulations, the cash severance payments described
in Sections 7(b)(v) and (vi) and 7(c)(ii) shall be made to him immediately following the expiration of six (6) months following his 
“Separation  from  Service.”  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  a  “Separation  from  Service”  shall  have  occurred  if  the  Bank  and 
Executive reasonably anticipate that no further services will be performed by the Executive after the date of the Event of Termination 
(whether  as  an  employee  or  independent  contractor)  or  the  level  of  further  services  performed  will  not  exceed  forty-nine  percent
(49%) of the average level of bona fide services in the 36 months immediately preceding the Event of Termination. For all purposes 
hereunder,  the  definition  of  “Separation  from  Service”  shall  be  interpreted  consistent  with  Final  Regulations  Section  1.409A-
1(h)(1)(ii).  

(f) Executive agrees that upon any termination of his employment, whether by Executive or by the Bank or the Company, his 
service as a director of the Bank and the Company shall cease and he shall be deemed to have resigned as a director effective upon 
such termination.  

8. Termination without Additional Bank or Company Liability

(a) Termination for Cause.

(i) The Bank and/or the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination other 
than termination for “Cause,” as defined herein, shall not prejudice the Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under the 
Agreement. The Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for “Cause.”
Termination for “Cause” shall include termination because of the Executive’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, 
breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, breach of the Bank’s Code of Ethics, violation of Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements 
for officers of public companies, willfully engaging in actions that in the reasonable opinion of the Board will likely cause substantial 
injury to the business reputation of the Company or Bank, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule 
or  regulation  (other  than  routine  traffic  violations  or  similar  offenses)  or  final  cease-and-desist  order,  or  material  breach  of  any 
provision of the contract.

(ii) If the Bank and the Company wish to terminate the Executive’s employment for “Cause,” such determination 
shall require the affirmative  vote of the Board of Directors and prior to such vote the Board shall furnish Executive with a written 

Page -63-

statement  of  its  grounds  for  proposing  to  make  such  determination,  and  shall  afford  the  Executive  a  reasonable  (under  the 
circumstances)  opportunity  to  make  an  oral  and/or  a  written  presentation  to  the  Board  to  refute  the  grounds  for  the  proposed 
termination for Cause.  

(b) Death; Voluntary Resignation Without Good Reason. In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Bank shall 
terminate during the Employment Period on account of the reasons set forth in this Section 8(b), then the Bank shall have no further 
obligations  under  this  Agreement,  other  than  the  payment  to  the  Executive  of  his  earned  but  unpaid  salary  as  of  the  date  of  the
termination  of  his  employment,  and  the  provision  of  such  benefits, if  any,  to  which  he  is  entitled  as  a  former  employee  under  the 
Bank’s  employee  benefit  plans  and  programs  and  compensation  plans  and  programs,  including  without  limitation,  any  incentive 
compensation plan. Termination of employment under this Section 8(b) shall mean termination of employment due to the following 
events:

(i) 

The Executive’s death; or  

(ii) 
the “Good Reasons” specified in Section 7(a)(i).  

The Executive’s voluntary resignation from employment with the Bank for any reason other than 

9. Change in Control

(a) Except for payments that are subject to Code Section 409A, for purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” 
shall mean a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01(a) of the current report on 
Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange
Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank within the meaning of the Change in Bank Control Act, and applicable rules 
and regulations promulgated thereunder, or results in a Change in Control of the Company within the meaning of the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, in each case as in effect at the time of the Change in
Control; or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “person” (as the 
term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner”(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under 
the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of
Company’s outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) 
individuals who constitute the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Company on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for 
any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose 
election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for 
election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall 
be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, 
merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or 
Company  is  not  the  surviving  institution occurs;  or  (d)  a  proxy  statement  soliciting  proxies  from  stockholders  of  the  Company,  by 
someone  other  than  the  current  management  of  the  Company,  seeking  stockholder  approval  of  a  plan  of  reorganization,  merger  or 
consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the 
class of securities then subject to the plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the 
Company;  or  (e)  a  tender  offer  is  made  for  25%  or  more  of  the  voting  securities  of  the  Company  and  the  shareholders  owning 
beneficially  or  of  record  25%  or  more  of  the  outstanding  securities  of  the  Company  have  tendered  or  offered  to  sell  their  shares
pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.  

(b)  With  respect  to  any  payments  hereunder  that  are  subject  to  Code  Section  409A,  “Change  in  Control”  shall  mean  (i)  a 
change in the ownership of the Bank or the Company, (ii) a change in the effective control of the Bank or Company, or (iii) a change 
in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or Company, as described below.  

(i) A change in ownership occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as 
defined in Final Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Bank or Company that, together with 
stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such 
corporation.  

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Bank or Company occurs on the date that either (i) any one person, or 
more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Final Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during 
the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank or 
Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank or Company, or (ii) a majority of the members of 
the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not 
endorsed by a majority of the members of the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, 
provided that this sub-section “(ii)” is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank or Company is another corporation.

Page -64-

(iii) A change in a substantial portion of the Bank’s or Company’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or 
more  than  one  person  acting  as  a  group  (as  defined  in  Final  Regulations  section  1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C))  acquires  (or  has  acquired
during  the  12-month  period  ending  on  the  date  of  the  most  recent  acquisition  by  such  person  or  persons)  assets  from  the  Bank  or
Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of (i) all of the assets 
of  the  Bank  or  Company,  or  (ii)  the  value  of  the  assets  being  disposed  of,  either  of  which  is  determined  without  regard  to  any 
liabilities  associated  with  such  assets.  For  all  purposes  hereunder,  the  definition  of  Change  in  Control  shall  be  construed  to  be
consistent with the requirements of Final Regulations section 1.409A-3(g)(5).  

10.  Confidentiality.  Unless  he  obtains  prior  written  consent  from  the  Bank  or  the  Company,  the  Executive  shall  keep 
confidential and shall refrain from using for the benefit of himself, or any person or entity other than the Bank, the Company or any 
entity which is a subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank or the Company or of which the Bank or the Company is a subsidiary or affiliate, 
any material document or information obtained from the Bank, the Company or from any of their respective parents, subsidiaries or 
affiliates, in the course of his employment with any of them concerning their properties, operations or business (unless such document 
or information is readily ascertainable from public or published information or trade sources or has otherwise been made available to 
the  public  through  no  fault  of  his  own)  until  the  same  ceases  to  be  material  (or  becomes  so  ascertainable  or  available);  provided,
however,  that  nothing  in  this  Section  10  shall  prevent  the  Executive,  with  or  without  the  Bank’s  or  the  Company’s  consent,  from
participating  in  or  disclosing  documents  or  information  in  connection  with  any  judicial  or  administrative  investigation,  inquiry  or 
proceeding to the extent that such participation or disclosure is required under applicable law.  

11. Non-Solicitation; Non-Competition; Post-Termination Cooperation.

(a) The Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following his termination of employment with 

the Bank, he shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:  

(i)  solicit,  offer  employment  to,  or  take  any  other  action  intended  (or  that  a  reasonable  person  acting  in  like 
circumstances  would  expect)  to  have  the  effect  of  causing  any  officer  or  employee  of  the  Bank,  the  Company  or  any  of  their 
respective subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide 
services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank or the 
Company  or  any  of  their  direct  or  indirect  subsidiaries  or  affiliates  or  has  headquarters  or  offices  within  the  counties  in  which  the 
Bank or the Company has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office; or  

(ii)  solicit,  provide  any  information,  advice  or  recommendation  or  take  any  other  action  intended  (or  that  a 
reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank or the Company
to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank or the Company.  

(b)  The  Executive  hereby  covenants  and  agrees  that  following  any  termination  of  employment,  he  shall  not,  without  the 
written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly: become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, 
agent, sole proprietor, joint venturer, greater than 5% equity-owner or stockholder, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and 
loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any
mortgage or loan broker or any other entity competing with the Bank or its affiliates in the same geographic locations where the Bank 
or its affiliates has business interests. If Executive’s employment is terminated within the Initial Period, this restriction shall apply for 
the  greater  of  six  months  or  the  remainder  of  the  Initial  Period,  but  in  no  event  more  than  one  year  following  termination.  If 
Executive’s employment is terminated after the Initial Period, this restriction shall apply for the greater of six months or the remainder 
of  the  Employment  Period,  but  in  no  event  for  more  than  one  year  following  termination.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the 
restriction contained in this Section 11(b) shall not apply if the Executive’s employment is terminated following a Change in Control.  

(c) Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank and/or the Company, as may 
reasonably  be required by  the  Bank  and/or  the  Company,  in  connection  with  any  litigation  in which  it  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries or 
affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with 
respect to any litigation between the Executive and the Bank, the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.  

(d) All payments and benefits to the Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to the Executive’s compliance with this 
Section. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of the 
Executive’s breach of this Section 11, agree that, in the event of any such breach by the Executive, the Bank and/or the Company will 
be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by the Executive 
and all persons acting for or with the Executive. The Executive represents and admits that the Executive’s experience and capabilities
are such that the Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and 
that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent the Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will 
be  construed  as  prohibiting  the  Bank  and  the  Company  from  pursuing  any  other  remedies  available  to  them  for  such  breach  or 
threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from the Executive.  

Page -65-

12. Additional Termination and Suspension Provisions

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank and/or the Company, 
whether  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  or  otherwise,  are  subject  to  and  conditioned  upon  their  compliance  with  Section  18(k)  of  the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.  

(b)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  in  this  Agreement,  (i)  the  Bank  or  the  Company  may  terminate  or  suspend  this 
Agreement and the employment of the Executive hereunder, as if such termination were a Termination for Cause under Section 8(a)
hereof, to the extent required by federal or state laws or regulations related to banking, to deposit insurance or bank holding companies 
or  by  regulations  or  orders  issued  by  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency,  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or  the  Board  of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System and (ii) no payment shall be required to be made to Executive under this Agreement to the
extent  such  payment  is  prohibited  by  applicable  law  regulation  or  order  issued  by  a  banking  agency  or  a  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction; provided, that it shall be the Bank’s or the Company’s burden to prove that any such action was so required.  

13. Arbitration; Legal Fees.

(a)  Arbitration.  In  the  event  that  any  dispute  should  arise  between  the  parties  as  to  the  meaning,  effect,  performance, 
enforcement, or other issue in connection with this Agreement, which dispute cannot be resolved by the parties, the dispute shall be 
decided by final and binding arbitration of a panel of three arbitrators. Proceedings in arbitration and its conduct shall be governed by 
the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) applicable to commercial arbitrations (the “Rules”) except as modified by 
this Section. The Executive shall appoint one arbitrator, the Bank shall appoint one arbitrator, and the third shall be appointed by the 
two arbitrators appointed by the parties. The third arbitrator shall be impartial and shall serve as chairman of the panel. The parties 
shall appoint their arbitrators within thirty (30) days after the demand for arbitration is served, failing which the AAA promptly shall 
appoint  a  defaulting  party’s  arbitrator,  and  the  two  arbitrators  shall  select  the  third  arbitrator  within  fifteen  (15)  days  after  their 
appointment, or if they cannot agree or fail to so appoint, then the AAA promptly shall appoint the third arbitrator. The arbitrators 
shall render their decision in writing within thirty (30) days after the close of evidence or other termination of the proceedings by the 
panel, and the decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the parties, nonappealable, except in accordance 
with the Rules and enforceable in accordance with the applicable state law. Any hearings in the arbitration shall be held in Suffolk 
County, New York unless the parties shall agree upon a different venue, and shall be private and not open to the public. Each party 
shall  bear  the  fees  and  expenses  of  its  arbitrator,  counsel,  and  witnesses,  and  the  fees  and  expenses  of  the  third  arbitrator  shall  be 
shared equally by the parties. The other costs of the arbitration, including the fees of AAA, shall be borne as directed in the decision of 
the panel.  

(b)  Legal  Fees  and  Other  Expenses.  If  the  Executive  is  successful  on  the  merits  of  the  dispute,  as  determined  in  the 
arbitration,  all  legal  fees  and  such  other  expenses  as  reasonably  incurred  by  the  Executive  as  a  result  of  or  in  connection  with  or 
arising out of the dispute, shall be paid by the Bank and/or the Company, provided that such payment or reimbursement is made by the 
Bank not later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which such dispute is resolved in Executive’s favor.  

14. Indemnification and Insurance.

(a)  The  Bank  and/or  the  Company  shall  provide  the  Executive  (including  his  heirs,  executors  and  administrators)  with 
coverage  under  a  standard  directors’  and  officers’  liability  insurance  policy  at  its  expense,  and  shall  indemnify  Executive  (and  his 
heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably 
incurred  by  him  in  connection  with  or  arising  out  of  any  action,  suit  or  proceeding  in  which  he  may  be  involved  by  reason  of  his
having been an officer of the Bank and/or the Company (whether or not he continues to be an officer at the time of incurring such 
expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and 
the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board); provided, however, that neither the Bank nor the 
Company shall be required to indemnify or reimburse Executive for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, 
suit  or  proceeding  arising  from  any  illegal  or  fraudulent  act  committed  by  Executive.  Any  such  indemnification  shall  be  made 
consistent with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and the regulations issued thereunder in 12 
C.F.R. Part 359.  

15. Notices. The persons or addresses to which mailings or deliveries shall be made may change from time to time by notice 
given pursuant to the provisions of this Section. Any notice or other communication given pursuant to the provisions of this Section 
shall be deemed to have been given (i) if sent by messenger, upon personal delivery to the party to whom the notice is directed; (ii) if 
sent  by  reputable  overnight  courier,  one  business  day  after  delivery  to  such  courier;  (iii)  if  sent  by  facsimile,  upon  electronic  or 
telephonic confirmation of receipt from the receiving facsimile machine and (iv) if sent by mail, three business days following deposit 
in the United States mail, properly addressed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail with return receipt requested.  

Page -66-

All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be addressed as follows:  

If to the Executive:

If to the Company 
and the Bank: 

With a copy to: 

Howard H. Nolan
[address omitted] 

Bridgehampton National Bank 
2200 Montauk Highway 
Bridgehampton, New York 11932 
Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, PC 
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 400 
Washington, DC 20015 
Attention: John J. Gorman, Esq. 

16. Amendment. No modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.  

17. Miscellaneous.

(a)  Notice  of  Termination.  Any  termination  of  Executive’s  employment  by  the  Bank  and/or  the  Company  shall  be 
communicated in writing to the Executive, and any voluntary termination of employment by the Executive shall be communicated in
writing to the Bank and/or the Company.  

(b)  Successors  and  Assigns.  This  Agreement  will  inure  to  the  benefit  of  and  be  binding  upon  the  Executive,  his  legal 
representatives  and  estate  and  intestate  distributees,  and  the  Company  and  the  Bank,  their  successors  and  assigns,  including  any
successor by merger or consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation to which all or substantially all 
of the assets and business of the Bank or the Company may be sold or otherwise transferred. Any such successor of the Bank or the 
Company  shall  be  deemed  to  have  assumed  this  Agreement  and  to  have  become  obligated  hereunder  to  the  same  extent  as  the 
Company and Bank, and the Executive’s obligations hereunder shall continue in favor of such successor.  

(c) Severability. A determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity 

or enforceability of any other provision hereof.  

(d)  Waiver.  Failure  to  insist  upon  strict  compliance  with  any  terms,  covenants  or  conditions  hereof  shall  not  be  deemed  a 
waiver of such term, covenant or condition. A waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as a
waiver,  and  signed  by  the  party  against  whom  its  enforcement  is  sought.  Any  waiver  or  relinquishment  or  any  right  or  power 
hereunder at any one or more times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.  

(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, 

and all of which shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  

(f)  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  and  enforced  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the 
State of New York, without reference to conflicts of law principles, except to the extent governed by federal law in which case federal 
law shall govern.  

(g) Headings and Construction. The headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not 
intended to qualify the meaning of any Section. Any reference to a Section number shall refer to a Section of this Agreement, unless 
otherwise specified.  

(h) Entire Agreement. This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and 

supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof.  

(i)  Source  of  Payments.  All  payments  provided  in  this  Agreement  shall  be  timely  paid  in  cash  or  check  from  the  general 
funds  of  the  Bank.  The  Company,  however,  unconditionally  guarantees  payment  and  provision  of  all  amounts  and  benefits  due 
hereunder to Executive and, if such amounts and benefits are not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall 
be paid or provided by the Company.  

Page -67-

 
 
 
EXHIBIT 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-50933 on Form S-8 of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. of our
report  dated  March  10, 2009  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  and  the  effectiveness  of 
internal control over financial reporting, which report appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. for the 
year ended December 31, 2008.  

Livingston, New Jersey  
March 10, 2009  

Crowe Horwath LLP  

Page -68-

 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) 

I, Kevin M. O’Connor, certify that:  

1) 

2) 

3) 

4) 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.;  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report;  

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared;  

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles;  

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and  

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting;  

5) 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions):  

a)  

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and  

b) Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 12, 2009  

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor  
Kevin M. O’Connor  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

Page -69-

 
EXHIBIT 31.2 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) 

I, Howard H. Nolan, certify that:  

1) 

2) 

3) 

4) 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.;  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report;  

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared;  

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles;  

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and  

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting;  

5) 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions):  

a)  

b)  

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and  

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 12, 2009  

/s/ Howard H. Nolan  
Howard H. Nolan  
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer  
and Treasurer  

Page -70-

 
This certification is being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)
and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of 
the  Exchange  Act  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liability  of  that  section.  This  certification  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  incorporated  by 
reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except as otherwise stated in such filing.  

EXHIBIT 32.1  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(B) 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 

As adopted pursuant to 

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 12, 2009, (the “Report”), we, Kevin M. O’Connor, President and 
Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  and,  Howard  H.  Nolan,  Senior  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
Treasurer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1) 

(2) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended; and  

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company.  

Date: March 12, 2009 

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor  
Kevin M. O’Connor  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ Howard H. Nolan  
Howard H. Nolan  
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, 
and Treasurer 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and will be retained by 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.  

Page -71-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Information

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

Bridgehampton National Bank Officers

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND 
AFFILIATIONS
Marcia Z. Hefter
Chairperson
Partner
Esseks, Hefter & Angel, LLP
Riverhead and Water Mill, NY

Dennis A. Suskind
Vice Chairperson
Partner, Retired
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
New York, NY
Kevin M. O’Connor

Kevin M. O’Connor

President and Chief Executive Officer

Howard H. Nolan, CPA

Senior Executive Vice President,  
Chief Administrative and Financial Officer

Thomas J. Tobin

President Emeritus and  
Special Advisor to the Board

SENIOR VICE PRESIDENTS
Seamus J. Doyle

Senior Lending Officer
Southampton/Sag Harbor

President and Chief Executive Officer

James J. Manseau

Emanuel Arturi

CEO, Retired
BusinessEdge Solutions Inc.
New York, NY
Thomas E. Halsey

Owner
Halsey Farm
Water Mill, NY
R. Timothy Maran

Retired
Maran Corporate Risk Associates, Inc.
Southampton, NY
Charles I. Massoud

President
Paumanok Vineyards
Aquebogue, NY
Albert E. McCoy, Jr.

President
W. F. McCoy Petroleum Products Inc.
and McCoy Bus Company Inc.
Bridgehampton, NY
Howard H. Nolan, CPA

Sr. Executive Vice President
Chief Financial Officer,
Corporate Secretary and Treasurer

Thomas J. Tobin

President Emeritus and  
Special Advisor to the Board

COMPANY OFFICERS
Kevin M. O’Connor

President and Chief Executive Officer

Howard H. Nolan, CPA

Sr. Executive Vice President
Chief Financial Officer,
Corporate Secretary and Treasurer

Thomas J. Tobin

President Emeritus and  
Special Advisor to the Board

Chief Retail Banking Officer

Deborah McGrory

Director of Human Resources

Kevin L. Santacroce
Chief Lending
Thomas H. Simson

Chief Information Officer

VICE PRESIDENTS
William Araneo

Investment Officer
Bridge Investment Services

Steven Bodziner, Esq.
Bridge Abstract LLC

Kimberly Cioch

Commercial Lending
Bridgehampton
Peter M. Coleman
Commercial Lending
North Fork
Michelle Dosch

Director of Electronic Banking

Michael Fearon

Commercial Lending 
Deer Park
Patricia F. Horan

Regional Branch Administrator
North Fork Market
John B. MacCulley
Commercial Lending
Wading River/Riverhead

Theresa Mackey

Private Banker
Marie McAlary

Commercial Lending 
Hampton Bays/Westhampton

Nancy Messer

Commercial Lending
North Fork

Maureen P. Mougios

Director of Risk Management

Corrinne Newman
Private Banker
Claudia Pilato

Director of Marketing

Sarah Quinn, CPA

Controller
Donna Wetjen

Director of Branch Operations

Aidan Wood

Commercial Lending
East Hampton/Montauk

ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS
Sharon Abbondondelo

Branch Manager, Westhampton Beach

Sabrina Aucello

Branch Manager, Southampton

Deborah Cosgrove

Facilities Manager

Robert Curtin

Branch Manager, Wading River

Joanne Dougherty

Branch Manager, Cutchogue  
and Mattituck

Jeffrey M. Greenwald

Branch Manager, Bridgehampton

Peter Hillick

Credit Deputy
Erin D. Kaelin

Training and Development Manager

Caroline Kalish

Deposit Operations Manager

Margaret Meighan

Branch Manager, East Hampton

Maria Press

Cash Management Sales Manager

Keith Robertson

Private Banker
Raymond Sanchez

Assistant Director of IT

Susan G. Schaefer

Branch Manager, Sag Harbor

Marion Stark

Branch Operations Manager

ASSISTANT CASHIERS
Mimi Bristel

Marketing Coordinator

Linda Carlson

Branch Manager, Southold

Theresa Ceriello

Commercial Lending

Laura Gorman

Treasury Manager

Emily Healy

Branch Manager, Greenport  
and Peconic Landing

Jill Ramundo

Branch Manager, Montauk

Gisella Recalde

Commercial Lending

n
o
n
n
e
L
m
J

i

y
b
y
h
p
a
r
g
o
t
o
h
P

.
c
n

I

,
s
r
o
n
n
o
C
&
n
a
r
r
u
C
y
b
d
e
n
g
i
s
e
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2200 Montauk Highway, P.O. Box 3005
Bridgehampton, New York 11932 

631.537.1000
www.bridgenb.com